Esther

(Heb. ESTER)

ΕΣΘΗΡ (An-Esthêr)

ESTHER

Inscr Εσθηρ Bℵ A (mutil)

(472 B.C.)

Est A:1 (Est 11:2) ΕΤΟΥΣ δευτέρου βασιλεύοντος Ἀρταξέρξου τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως τῇ μιᾷ τοῦ Νεισὰ ἐνύπνιον ἴδεν Μαρδοχαῖος ὁ τοῦ Ἰαείρου τοῦ Σεμεείου τοῦ Κεισαίου ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμείν,

(Est 11:2) Of-a-yeareedness of-second of-rulering-of of-an-Artaxerxês of-the-one of-great of-a-ruler-of unto-the-one unto-one of-the-one of-a-Neisa to-an-in-sleeplet it-had-seen, a-Mardochaios the-one of-the-one of-an-Iaeiros of-the-one of-a-Semeeios of-the-one of-a-Keisaios out of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamein,

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: unto-the-one unto-one of-the-one of-a-Neisa : Nisan moon calendar; in 472 B.C. -3 days difference from Abib sun calendar.

(L) Ἔτους δευτέρου βασιλεύοντος Ἀσσυήρου τοῦ μεγάλου μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς Αδαρ Νισαν (ὅς ἐστι Δύστρος Ξανθικός) ἐνύπνιον εἶδε Μαρδοχαῖος ὁ τοῦ Ἰαείρου τοῦ Σεμεΐου τοῦ Κισαίου τῆς φυλῆς Βενιαμιν,

Of-a-yeareedness of-second of-rulering-of of-an-Assuêros of-the-one of-great unto-one of-the-one of-a-month of-an-Adar of-a-Nisan (which it-be a-Dustros a-Xanthikos) to-an-in-sleeplet it-had-seen, a-Mardochaios the-one of-the-one of-an-Iaeiros of-the-one of-a-Semeios of-the-one of-a-Kisaios of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamin,

Note: of-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: unto-one of-the-one of-a-month of-an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 472 B.C. -3 days difference from Abib sun calendar.

(472 B.C.)

Est A:2 (Est 11:3) ἄνθρωπος Ἰουδαῖος οἰκῶν ἐν Σούσοις τῇ πόλει, ἄνθρωπος μέγας, θεραπεύων ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως·

(Est 11:3) a-mankind Iouda-belonged housing-unto in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-a-city, a-mankind great, minstering-of in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of;

A:2 εν Σουσοις] εν μεσ|οις A*vid εν μεσου|σοις (sic) A?

(L) ἄνθρωπος μέγας

a-mankind great

(472 B.C.)

Est A:3 (Est 11:4) ἦν δὲ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἧς ᾐχμαλώτευσεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος ἐξ Ἰερουσαλὴμ μετὰ Ἰεχονίου τοῦ βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας.

(Est 11:4) it-was then-also out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto of-which it-spear-captured-unto, a-Nabouchodonosor a-ruler-of of-a-Babulôn, out of-an-Ierousalêm with of-an-Iechonias of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia.

A:3 βασιλευς] pr ο ℵc.aA

(L) τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἧς ᾐχμαλώτευσε Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος μετὰ Ιεχονίου τοῦ βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας.

of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto of-which it-spear-captured-unto, a-Nabouchodonosor the-one a-ruler-of of-a-Babulôn, with of-an-Iechonias of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia.

(L) ναβουχοδονοσσορ 108 : cf ο´ (app); -σωρ 319 | ιεχοννιου 19; ιεχωνιου 319

(472 B.C.)

Est A:4 (Est 11:5) καὶ τοῦτο αὐτοῦ τὸ ἐνύπνιον· καὶ ἰδοὺ φωναὶ καὶ θόρυβος, βρονταὶ καὶ σεισμός, τάραχος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

(Est 11:5) And the-one-this of-it the-one an-in-sleeplet; and thou-should-have-had-seen, sounds and a-tumult, thunders and a-shaking-to-of, a-stir upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

A:4 και θορυβος] θορυβου A | ταραχος] pr και ℵc.aA

(L) καὶ τοῦτο ἦν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἐνύπνιον· καὶ ἰδοὺ φωνὴ καὶ κραυγὴ θορύβου, βρονταὶ καὶ σεισμός καὶ τάραχος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

And the-one-this it-was of-it the-one an-in-sleeplet; and thou-should-have-had-seen, a-sound and a-clamoring of-a-tumult, thunders and a-shaking-to-of and a-stir upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

(L) om ἦν 319 = ο´ | αυτο 93

(472 B.C.)

Est A:5 (Est 11:6) καὶ ἰδοὺ δύο δράκοντες μεγάλοι ἕτοιμοι προῆλθον ἀμφότεροι παλαίειν· καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτῶν φωνὴ μεγάλη,

(Est 11:6) And thou-should-have-had-seen, two serpents great readied-of they-had-came-before more-around to-have-wriggle-belonged; and it-had-became of-them a-sound great,

A:5 μεγαλοι] + δυο ℵ* (improb δυο ℵ?) | προσηλθον A | εγενοντο A | φωναι μεγαλαι A

(L) καὶ ἰδοὺ δύο δράκοντες, καὶ προσῆλθον ἀμφότεροι παλαίειν, καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτῶν φωνή,

And thou-should-have-had-seen, two serpents, and they-had-came-toward more-around to-have-wriggle-belonged; and it-had-became of-them a-sound,

(472 B.C.)

Est A:6 (Est 11:7) καὶ τῇ φωνῇ αὐτῶν ἡτοιμάσθη πᾶν ἔθνος εἰς πόλεμον ὥστε πολεμῆσαι δικαίων ἔθνος.

(Est 11:7) and unto-the-one unto-a-sound of-them it-was-readied-to all a-placeedness-belonging-to into to-a-war as-also to-have-warred-unto of-course-belonged to-a-placeedness-belonging-to.

(L) καὶ ἐταράσσετο πάντα ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς τῆς κραυγῆς ταύτης. μαρτυρομένη πᾶσι τοῖς λαοῖς

and it-was-being-stirred all off of-the-one of-a-sound of-the-one of-a-clamoring of-the-one-this, witnessing unto-all unto-the-ones unto-peoples,

(L) φωνῆς . . . κραυγῆς] tr 19 : cf Ez 2728 et P. Katz, Biblica 35 (1954) 30 s | om μαρτυρομένη 19´

(472 B.C.)

Est A:7 (Est 11:8) καὶ ἰδοὺ ἡμέρα σκότους καὶ γνόφου, θλίψις καὶ στενοχωρία, κάκωσις καὶ τάραχος μέγας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς·

(Est 11:8) And thou-should-have-had-seen, a-dayedness of-a-dimmeedness and of-a-haze, a-pressing and narrow-spacing-unto, a-wedge-wedging and a-stir great upon of-the-one of-a-soil;

A:7 γνοφους A | om στενοχωρια A | om και 4° A

(L) ἡμέρα σκότους καὶ γνόφου,

a-dayedness of-a-dimmeedness and of-a-haze,

(472 B.C.)

Est A:8 (Est 11:9) καὶ ἐταράχθη δίκαιον πᾶν ἔθνος, φοβούμενοι τὰ ἑαυτῶν κακά, καὶ ἡτοιμάσθησαν ἀπολέσθαι·

(Est 11:9) and it-was-stirred course-belonged all a-placeedness-belonging-to, feareeing-unto to-the-ones of-selves to-wedge-wedged, and they-were-readied-to to-have-had-destructed-off;

A:8 παν εθνος δικαιον A

(L) καὶ ταραχὴ πολέμου, καὶ ἡτοιμάσατο πᾶν ἔθνος πολεμῆσαι,

and a-stirring of-a-war, and it-readied-to, all a-placeedness-belonging-to, to-have-warred-unto,

(L) πολέμου] pr και 93

(472 B.C.)

Est A:9 (Est 11:10) καὶ ἐβόησαν πρὸς τὸν θεόν. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς βοῆς αὐτῶν ἐγένετο ὡσανεὶ ἀπὸ μικρᾶς πηγῆς ποταμὸς μέγας, ὕδωρ πολύ·

(Est 11:10) and they-hollered-unto toward to-the-one to-a-Deity. Off then-also of-the-one of-a-hollering of-them it-had-became as-ever-if off of-small of-a-pitching a-drinkationing-of great, a-water much;

A:9 ωσανει] ως αν ℵ om A

(L) καὶ ἀνεβοήσαμεν πρὸς κύριον ἀπὸ φωνῆς τῆς κραυγῆς αὐτῶν. καὶ ἐγένετο ἐκ πηγῆς μικρᾶς ὕδωρ πολύ, ποταμὸς μέγας·

and we-up-hollered-unto toward to-Authority-belonged off of-a-sound of-the-one of-a-clamoring of-them. And it-had-became out of-a-pitching of-small, a-water much, a-drinkationing-of great;

(L) απεβοησαμεν 93; ανεφωνησαμεν 319

(472 B.C.)

Est A:10 (Est 11:11) φῶς καὶ ὁ ἥλιος ἀνέτειλεν, καὶ οἱ ταπεινοὶ ὑψώθησαν καὶ κατέφαγον τοὺς ἐνδόξους.

(Est 11:11) a-light and the-one a-sun it-finished-up, and the-ones lowed-belonged-to they-were-en-lofteed and they-had-devoured-down to-the-ones to-reckoned-in.

A:10 φως] φωτος ℵ* (φως ℵc.a) pr και A | και 1° om ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(L) φῶς, ἥλιος ἀνέτειλε, καὶ οἱ ποταμοὶ ὑψώθησαν καὶ κατέπιον τοὺς ἐνδόξους.

a-light, a-sun it-finished-up, and the-ones drinkationings-of they-were-en-lofteed and they-drank-down to-the-ones to-reckoned-in.

(L) ο ποταμος 93*

(472 B.C.)

Est A:11 (Est 11:12) καὶ διεγερθεὶς Μαρδοχαῖος ἑωρακὼς τὸ ἐνύπνιον τοῦτο, καὶ τί ὁ θεὸς βεβούλευται ποιῆσαι, εἶχεν αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ ἤθελεν ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτὸ ἕως τῆς νυκτός.

(Est 11:12) And having-been-roused-through a-Mardochaios, having-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-the-one to-an-in-sleeplet to-the-one-this, and to-what-one the-one a-Deity it-had-come-to-purpose-of to-have-done-unto it-was-holding to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-heart, and in unto-all unto-a-forthee it-was-determining to-have-had-acquainted-upon to-it unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-night.

(L) καὶ ἀναστὰς Μαρδοχαῖος ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ ἐμερίμνα τί τὸ ἐνύπνιον καὶ τί ὁ δυνατὸς ἑτοιμάζει ποιῆσαι. καὶ τὸ ἐνύπνιον αὐτοῦ κεκρυμμένον ἦν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἦν ἀναζητῶν αὐτό. ἐπίκρισις αὐτοῦ διασαφηθήσεται αὐτῷ ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας

And having-had-stood-up, a-Mardochaios, out of-the-one of-a-sleep of-it it-was-portion-memorying-unto to-what-one the-one an-in-sleeplet and to-what-one the-one able it-readieth-to to-have-done-unto. And the-one an-in-sleeplet of-it having-had-come-to-be-hidened it-was in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-it, and in unto-all unto-a-time it-was seeking-up-unto to-it. A-separating-upon of-it it-shall-be-evidented-through unto-it unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness

(L) ἐνύπνιον (1st)] + αυτου 93´ | ἐπίκρισις] ει η κρισις (-σεις 319) 319 392 | om αὐτοῦ 93

(472 B.C.)

Est A:12 (Est 12:1) καὶ ἡσύχασεν Μαρδοχαῖος ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ μετὰ Γαβάθα καὶ Θαρρὰ τῶν δύο εὐνούχων τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν φυλασσόντων τὴν αὐλήν,

(Est 12:1) And it-quiesced-to, a-Mardochaios, in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling with of-a-Gabatha and of-a-Tharra of-the-ones of-two of-bed-holders of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-guardering to-the-one to-a-channeling,

A:12 ησυχαζεν ℵc.a | Θαρα ℵ*vid (-ρρας ℵc.a)

(L) ἧς ὕπνωσε Μαρδοχαῖος ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως μετὰ Ἀστάου καὶ Θεδεύτου τῶν δύο εὐνούχων τοῦ βασιλέως

of-which it-en-sleeped, a-Mardochaios, in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of with of-an-Astaos and of-a-Thedeutês of-the-ones of-two of-bed-holders of-the-one of-a-ruler-of

(L) ασταγου 93 | θευδετου 19; θελευτου 319

(472 B.C.)

Est A:13 (Est 12:2) ἤκουσέν τε αὐτῶν τοὺς λογισμοὺς καὶ τὰς μερίμνας αὐτῶν ἐξηραύνησεν, καὶ ἔμαθεν ὅτι ἑτοιμάζουσιν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβαλεῖν Ἀρταξέρξῃ τῷ βασιλεῖ. καὶ ὑπέδειξεν τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ αὐτῶν·

(Est 12:2) it-heard also of-them to-the-ones to-fortheeings-to-of, and to-the-ones to-portion-memoriednesses of-them it-searched-out-unto, and it-had-learned to-which-a-one they-readieth-to to-the-ones to-hands to-have-had-taken-upon unto-an-Artaxerxsês unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of. And it-en-showed-under unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of about of-them;

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) καὶ ἤκουσε τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς διαβολὰς αὐτῶν, ὡς ἐξηγοῦντο τοῦ ἐπιθέσθαι Ασσυήρῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. εὖ δὲ φρονήσας ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος ἀπήγγειλε περὶ αὐτῶν.

and it-heard to-the-ones to-forthees of-them and to-the-ones to-castings-through of-them, as they-were-leading-out-unto of-the-one to-have-had-placed-upon unto-an-Assuêros unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-the-one to-have-had-sectioned-up to-it. Goodly then-also having-centered-unto, the-one a-Mardochaios, it-leadeeered-off about of-them.

Note: unto-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(472 B.C.)

Est A:14 (Est 12:3) καὶ ἐξήτασεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς δύο εὐνούχους, καὶ ὁμολογήσαντες ἀπήχθησαν,

(Est 12:3) and it-out-tested-to, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-two to-bed-holders, and having-along-fortheed-unto they-were-led-off,

A:14 εξητασεν] σ sup ras Aa | απηχθησαν] εξηχθησαν ℵ*c.b (απηχ. ℵc.a) A

(L) καὶ ἤτασεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς δύο εὐνούχους καὶ εὗρε τοὺς λόγους Μαρδοχαίου, καὶ ὁμολογήσαντες οἱ εὐνοῦχοι ἀπήχθησαν.

and it-tested-to, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-two to-bed-holders, and it-had-found to-the-ones to-forthees of-a-Mardochaios, and having-along-fortheed-unto, the-ones bed-holders, they-were-led-off.

(L) εξητασεν 392 = ο´; ητοιμασεν 319

(472 B.C.)

Est A:15 (Est 12:4) καὶ ἔγραψεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς λόγους τούτους εἰς μνημόσυνον, καὶ Μαρδοχαῖος ἔγραψεν περὶ τῶν λόγων τούτων·

(Est 12:4) and it-scribed, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these into to-a-remembrance, and a-Mardochaios it-scribed about of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-ones-these;

(L) καὶ ἔγραψεν Ασσυῆρος ὁ βασιλεὺς περὶ τῶν λόγων τούτων, καὶ ἐγράφη Μαρδοχαῖος ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ τοῦ μνημονεύειν τῶν λόγων τούτων.

And it-scribed, an-Assuêros the-one a-ruler-of, about of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-ones-these, and it-had-been-scribed a-Mardochaios in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet of-the-one of-a-ruler-of about of-the-one to-memory-stayee-of of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-ones-these.

Note: an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(473 B.C.)

Est A:16 (Est 12:5) καὶ ἐπέταξεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Μαρδοχαίῳ θεραπεύειν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δόματα περὶ τούτων.

(Est 12:5) and it-arranged-upon, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-a-Mardochaios to-minister-of in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling, and it-gave unto-it to-givings-to about of-the-ones-these.

A:16 αυτω] Μαρδοχαιω ℵc.a mgA | τουτων ℵ*c.b] αυτων ℵc.aA

(L) καὶ ἐνετείλατο ὁ βασιλεὺς περὶ τοῦ Μαρδοχαίου θεραπεύειν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ πᾶσαν θύραν ἐπιφανῶς τηρεῖν καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ περὶ τούτων

and it-finished-in, the-one a-ruler-of, about of-the-one of-a-Mardochaios to-minister-of to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and to-all to-a-portaledness unto-manifestinged-upon to-keep-unto and it-gave unto-it about of-the-ones-these

(L) τούτων] τουτω 319

(472 B.C.)

Est A:17 (Est 12:6) καὶ ἦν Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου Βουγαῖος ἔνδοξος ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ἐζήτησεν κακοποιῆσαι τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν δύο εὐνούχων τοῦ βασιλέως.

(Est 12:6) And it-was a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos Boug-belonged reckoned-in to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-sought-unto to-have-wedge-wedge-done-unto to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios and to-the-one to-a-people of-it over of-the-ones of-two of-bed-holders of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

A:17 Αμαδαθου] Αμαναδαθου B*vid Ναμαναδ. ut vid Bb (fort) (Αμαδ. Ba? c) Αμαθαδου A | λαον α sup ras Ba

(L) Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου Μακεδόνα κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ βασιλέως. καὶ ἐζήτει ὁ Ἁμὰν κακοποιῆσαι τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λελαληκέναι αὐτὸν τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῶν εὐνούχων, διότι ἀνῃρέθησαν.

to-a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos to-a-Makedian down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-was-seeking-unto, the-one a-Haman, to-have-wedge-wedge-done-unto to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios and to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it, over of-the-one to-have-had-come-to-speak-unto to-it unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of about of-the-ones of-bed-holders, through-to-which-a-one they-were-sectioned-along-up-unto.

(472-471 B.C.)

Est 1:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἀρταξέρξου, οὗτος ὁ Ἀρταξέρξης ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ χωρῶν ἐκράτησεν.

And it-had-became with to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-an-Artaxerxês, the-one-this the-one an-Artaxerxês off of-the-one of-India-belonged-of of-a-hundred of-twenty of-seven of-spacednesses it-secured-unto.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

1:1 Αρταξερξης] om ο A | Ινδικης] + εως Αιθιοπιας ℵc.a(mg)

(L) Καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἐν ἡμέραις Ἀσσυήρου τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ μεγάλου, ὑπετάγησαν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἕως τῆς Αἰθιοπίας ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ χῶραι.

And it-had-became with to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these in unto-dayednesses of-an-Assuêros of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-great, they-had-been-arranged-under unto-it off of-the-one of-India-belonged-of unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia a-hundred twenty seven spacednesses.

Note: of-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) ἡμέραις] pr ταις 392 = ο´ | Ασσυήρου] αρταξερξου 392 = ο´ | om τῆς 2° 392 : cf ο´ (app) | εἴκοσι] pr και 392; + και 93

(472-471 B.C.)

Est 1:2 ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις ὅτε ἐθρονίσθη ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀρταξέρξης ἐν Σούσοις τῇ πόλει,

In unto-them unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses which-also it-was-throned-to the-one a-ruler-of an-Artaxerxês in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-a-city,

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

1:2 αυταις] ταυταις A | εθρονισθη] ενεθρονισθη ℵc.a | om ο βασιλευς Αρταξερξης ℵ* (hab ℵc.a mg inf) Αρταξ. ο βασιλευς A

(L) ἐν τῷ καθῆσθαι Ἀσσυῆρον ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ,

In unto-the-one to-sit-down to-an-Assuêros upon of-the-one of-a-throne of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it,

Note: to-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) καθεσθαι 392; καθιησθαι 93 | Ασσυῆρον] αρταξερξου 392 = ο´

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:3 ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ ἔτει βασιλεύοντος αὐτοῦ, δοχὴν ἐποίησεν τοῖς φίλοις καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν καὶ τοῖς Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων ἐνδόξοις καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν τῶν σατραπῶν.

in unto-third unto-a-yeareedness of-rulering-of of-it, to-a-receiving it-did-unto unto-the-ones unto-cared and unto-the-ones unto-remaindered unto-placeedness-belongings-to and unto-the-ones of-Persians and of-Mêdians unto-reckoned-in and unto-the-ones unto-firsting of-the-ones of-provincers.

1:3 εποιησεν δοχην ℵc.a | και τοις αρχουσιν] και τοις α sup ras Aa | αρχουσι ℵ Avid

(L) καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πότον τοῖς ἄρχουσι τῆς αὐλῆς Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν χωρῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ,

and it-did-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-drinkation unto-the-ones unto-firsting of-the-one of-a-channeling of-Persians and of-Mêdians, and the-ones firsting of-the-ones of-spacednesses down to-looked-toward of-it,

Note: the-ones firsting : probable error for unto-the-ones unto-firsting.

(L) αὐτοῦ] αυτων 93

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:4 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα μετὰ τὸ δεῖξαι αὐτοῖς τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν δόξαν τῆς εὐφροσύνης τοῦ πλούτου αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέραις ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα·

And with to-the-ones-these with to-the-one to-have-en-showed unto-them to-the-one to-a-wealth of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it and to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-goodly-centeringedness of-the-one of-a-wealth of-it in unto-dayednesses unto-a-hundred unto-eighty;

1:4 om μετα 2° ℵ* (suprescr ℵ?) | αυτου 1°] του sup ras Aa | του πλουτου] pr και ℵ* (improb και ℵ?) | εν ημεραις] επι ημερας ℵ ημερας A

(L) εἰς τὸ ἐπιδειχθῆναι τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τῆς καυχήσεως αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ὀγδοήκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ἡμέρας,

into to-the-one to-have-been-en-showed-upon to-the-one to-a-wealth of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and to-the-one to-a-valuation of-the-one of-a-boasting of-it upon to-eighty and to-a-hundred to-dayednesses,

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:5 ὅτε δὲ ἀνεπληρώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ γάμου, ἐποίησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πότον τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπὶ ἡμέρας ἓξ ἐν αὐλῇ οἴκου τοῦ βασιλέως,

which-also then-also they-were-en-filled-up the-ones dayednesses of-the-one of-a-marriage, it-did-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-drinkation unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to unto-the-ones unto-having-been-found into to-the-one to-a-city upon to-dayednesses to-six in unto-a-channeling of-a-house of-the-one of-a-ruler-of,

1:5 γαμου] ποτου ℵc.a mg A | πολιν] + απο μεγαλου κ εως μικρου ποτον ℵc.a mg inf | om επι A | οικου] pr του ℵ A

(L) ἕως ἀνεπληρώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἃς ἐποίησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πᾶσι τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν ἐν Σούσοις τῇ πόλει ἀπὸ μεγάλου ἕως μικροῦ, πότον ἐν ἡμέραις ἑπτὰ ἔνδον ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἄγων τὰ σωτήρια αὐτοῦ.

unto-if-which they-were-en-filled-up the-ones dayednesses to-which it-did-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-all unto-the-ones unto-having-been-found in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-a-city, off of-great unto-if-which of-small, to-a-drinkation in unto-dayednesses unto-seven to-given-in in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, leading to-the-ones to-saviored-belonged of-it.

(L) init — ἡμέραι om 19 | om ἐν ἡμέραις 19 (||)

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:6 κεκοσμημένῃ βυσσίνοις καὶ καρπασίνοις τεταμένοις ἐπὶ σχοινίοις βυσσίνοις καὶ πορφυροῖς, ἐπὶ κύβοις χρυσοῖς καὶ ἀργυροῖς, ἐπὶ στύλοις παρίνοις καὶ λιθίνοις· κλίναι χρυσαῖ καὶ ἀργυραῖ ἐπὶ λιθοστρώτου σμαραγδίτου λίθου καὶ πιννίνου καὶ παρίνου λίθου, καὶ στρωμναὶ διαφανεῖς ποικίλως διηνθισμέναι, κύκλῳ ῥόδα πεπασμένα,

unto-having-had-come-to-be-orderationed-unto unto-linened-belonged-to and unto-fiber-belonged-to unto-having-had-come-to-be-stretched upon unto-sedgelets unto-linened-belonged-to and unto-flushened; upon unto-cubes unto-golden and unto-silvern, upon unto-pillars unto-marble-belonged-to and unto-stoned-belonged-to; clinings golden and silvern upon of-stone-strewn of-an-emerald-belongness of-a-stone and of-abalone-belonged-to and of-marble-belonged-to of-a-stone, and strewings manifestinged-through unto-varied having-been-placeednessed-up-through-to, unto-a-circle roses having-had-come-to-be-pattered,

Note: unto-flushened : used of flushing waves or a-rushering-to, of a flush of death in a battle, of a flush of color mainly in the bright red to blueish-red category because of its visual affect but also of rainbows, of flushed skin, etc.

(L) ἦν δὲ ἐξεστρωμένα βύσσινα καὶ καρπάσινα καὶ ὑακίνθινα καὶ κόκκινα ἐμπεπλεγμένα ἐν ἄνθεσιν, καὶ σκηνὴ τεταμένη ἐν σχοινίοις βυσσίνοις καὶ πορφυροῖς ἐπὶ κύβοις ἀργυροῖς καὶ στύλοις παρίνοις καὶ περιχρύσοις, καὶ κλῖναι χρυσαῖ ἐπὶ λιθόστρωτον σμαράγδου, καὶ κύκλῳ ῥόδα,

It-was then-also having-had-come-to-be-en-strewed-out linened-belonged-to and fiber-belonged-to and hyacinthed-belonged-to and kerneled-belonged-to having-had-come-to-be-braided-in in unto-placeednesses-up, and a-tenting having-had-come-to-be-stretched in unto-sedgelets unto-linened-belonged-to and unto-flushened upon unto-cubes unto-silvern and unto-pillars unto-marble-belonged-to and unto-goldened-about, and clinings golden upon to-stone-strewn of-an-emerald, and unto-a-circle roses,

Note: placeednesses-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:7 ποτήρια χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, καὶ ἀνθράκινον κυλίκιον προκείμενον ἀπὸ ταλάντων τρισμυρίων· οἶνος πολὺς καὶ ἡδύς, ὃν αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἔπινεν.

drinkerlets golden and silvern, and anthrax-belonged-to a-chalicelet situating-before off of-talantons of-three-myriaded; a-wine much and pleasured, to-which it the-one a-ruler-of it-was-drinking.

1:7 ανθρακιον ℵ* (-κινον ℵ?) | κυλικνον ℵ* (-κιον ℵ?) | οινος] pr κ ℵc.a

(L) καὶ ποτήρια χρυσᾶ ἔξαλλα καὶ οἶνος βασιλικὸς ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς πίνει,

and drinkerlets golden othered-out, and a-wine ruler-belonged-of to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-drinketh,

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:8 ὁ δὲ πότος οὗτος οὐ κατὰ προκείμενον νόμον ἐγένετο· οὕτως δὲ ἠθέλησεν ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἐπέταξεν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

The-one then-also a-drinkation the-one-this not down to-situating-before to-a-parcelee it-had-became; unto-the-one-this then-also it-determined, the-one a-ruler-of, and it-arranged-upon unto-the-ones unto-house-parceleeers to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-it and of-the-ones of-mankinds.

1:8 om ουτος ℵc.aA | om ου ℵ* (superscr ℵc.a) | εγενετο] εγεινετο A | ουτω ℵ | δε 2°] γαρ A

(L) καὶ πότος κατὰ τὸν νόμον· οὕτως γὰρ ἐπέταξεν ὁ βασιλεύς ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

and a-drinkation down to-the-one to-a-parcelee; unto-the-one-this too-thus it-arranged-upon, the-one a-ruler-of, to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-ones of-mankinds.

(L) ποιῆσαι] πονησαι 93* vid

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:9 καὶ Ἀστὶν ἡ βασίλισσα ἐποίησε πότον ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ὅπου ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀρταξέρξης.

And an-Astin the-one a-ruleress it-did-unto to-a-drinkation unto-the-ones unto-women in unto-the-ones unto-ruler-belonged of-whither the-one a-ruler-of an-Artaxerxês.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

1:9 εποιησεν A | Αρταρξερξης A

(L) καὶ Οὐαστὶν ἡ βασίλισσα ἐποίησε δοχὴν μεγάλην πάσαις ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως.

And an-Ouastin the-one a-ruleress it-did-unto to-a-receiving to-great unto-all unto-the-ones unto-women in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

(L) ουαστειν 93; -στην 319 : cf 11 12 16 18 21 4 | om πάσαις 392 = ο´ | ταῖς γυναιξίν] om ταῖς 108*; + ενδον 392

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:10 ἐν δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἡδέως γενόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν τῷ Ἁμὰν καὶ Μαζὰν καὶ Θαρρὰ καὶ Βωραζὴ καὶ Ζαθολθὰ καὶ Ἀβαταζὰ καὶ Θαραβά, τοῖς ἑπτὰ εὐνούχοις τοῖς διακόνοις τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀρταξέρξου,

In then-also unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh unto-en-pleasured having-had-became, the-one a-ruler-of, it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Haman and unto-a-Mazan and unto-a-Tharra and unto-a-Bôrazê and unto-a-Zatholtha and unto-an-Abataza and unto a-Tharaba, unto-the-ones unto-seven unto-bed-holders unto-the-ones unto-raisers-through of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-an-Artaxerxês,

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) ἐγένετο δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἐν τῷ εὐφρανθῆναι τὸν βασιλέα ἐν τῷ οἴνῳ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ

It-had-became then-also unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh in unto-the-one to-have-been-goodly-centered to-the-one to-a-ruler-of in unto-the-one unto-a-wine it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-ones unto-all of-it,

(L) τῇ 1°] pr εν 392 = ο´ | ἐν τῷ] μετα το 392

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:11 εἰσαγαγεῖν τὴν βασίλισσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, βασιλεύειν αὐτὴν καὶ περιθεῖναι αὐτῇ τὸ διάδημα καὶ δεῖξαι αὐτὴν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς· ὅτι καλὴ ἦν.

to-have-had-led-into to-the-one to-a-ruleress toward to-it, to-ruler-of to-it and to-have-had-placed-about unto-it to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to and to-have-en-showed to-it unto-the-ones unto-firsting and unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-one to-a-seemlieedness of-it; to-which-a-one seemly it-was.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

1:11 περιθειναι αυτη το διαδημα και βασιλευειν αυτην ℵc.a | τοις αρχουσιν] pr πασιν ℵ (-σι) A

(L) ἀγαγεῖν Οὐαστὶν τὴν βασίλισσαν εἰς τὸ συνεστηκὸς συμπόσιον ἐν τῷ διαδήματι τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῆς κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς στρατιᾶς αὐτοῦ.

to-have-had-led to-an-Ouastin to-the-one to-a-ruleress into to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-stand-together to-a-drinking-togetherlet in unto-the-one unto-a-binding-through-to of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-an-amassing-unto of-it.

Note: unto-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

(L) ουαστειν 93; ουαστην 319 : cf 9 | αὐτῆς] αυτου 19´ | στρατιᾶς] βασιλειας 19 : ex praec

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:12 καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτοῦ Ἀστὶν ἡ βασίλισσα ἐλθεῖν μετὰ τῶν εὐνούχων· καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὠργίσθη,

And not it-heard-into of-it, an-Astin the-one a-ruleress, to-have-had-came with of-the-ones of-bed-holders; and it-was-throed-unto the-one a-ruler-of and it-was-stressed-to,

1:12 αυτου] αυτων ℵc.aA | om Αστιν ℵ* (superscr A. ℵc.a) | ελθειν] εισελθειν ℵ* ελθειν κατα το ρημα του βασιλεως ℵc.a mg

(L) καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν Οὐαστὶν ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ βασιλέως διὰ χειρὸς τῶν εὐνούχων. ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅτι ἠκύρωσεν Οὐαστὶν τὴν βουλὴν αὐτοῦ, ἐλυπήθη σφόδρα, καὶ ὀργὴ ἐξεκαύθη ἐν αὐτῷ.

And not it-determined, an-Ouastin, to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of through of-a-hand of-the-ones of-bed-holders. As then-also it-heard, the-one a-ruler-of, to-which-a-one it-en-un-authoritied, an-Ouastin, to-the-one to-a-purposing of-it, it-was-throed-unto to-vehemented, and a-stressing it-was-burn-belonged-out in unto-it.

(L) Ουαστιν 1°] ουαστην 319; ουαστι 19; ουαστει η βασιλισσα 93 = ο´ : cf 9 | om ἤκουσεν — ὅτι 19: homoiar | Ουαστιν 2°] ουαστην 319; ουαστει 93 : cf 9 | τ. βουλὴν αὐτοῦ] τους λογους του βασιλεως 19 | ἐν αὐτῷ] εαυτω 319; εν αυτη 19

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:13 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ Κατὰ ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν Ἀστίν, ποιήσατε οὖν περὶ τούτου νόμον καὶ κρίσιν.

and it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-cared of-it, Down to-the-ones-these it-spoke-unto, an-Astin, ye-should-have-done-unto accordingly about of-the-one-this to-a-parcelee and to-a-separating.

1:13 ειπεν] + ο βασιλευς ℵc.aA | αυτου] εαυτου A | ελαλησεν] pr α ℵ* (improb α ℵ?)

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πᾶσι τοῖς σοφοῖς τοῖς εἰδόσι νόμον καὶ κρίσιν τί ποιήσαι τῇ βασιλίσσῃ περὶ τοῦ μὴ τεθεληκέναι αὐτὴν ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-all unto-the-ones unto-wisdomed unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-see to-a-parcelee and to-a-separating, to-what-one to-have-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruleress about of-the-one lest to-have-had-come-to-determine to-it to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

(L) ποιήσαι] -σει 93´

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:14 καὶ προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ Ἁρκεσαῖος καὶ Σαρσαθαῖος καὶ Μαλησεὰρ οἱ ἄρχοντες Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων οἱ ἐγγὺς τοῦ βασιλέως, οἱ πρῶτοι παρακαθήμενοι τῷ βασιλεῖ,

And it-had-came-toward unto-it, a-Harkesaios and a-Sarsathaios and a-Malêsear the-ones firsting of-Persians and of-Mêdians the-ones neared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, the-ones most-before sitting-down-beside unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of,

1:14 Αρκεσαος ℵ* (-σαιος ℵc.a) | Σαρσαθαιος] Σαρεσθεος A

(L) καὶ προσῆλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἄρχοντες Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων καὶ οἱ ὁρῶντες τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ οἱ καθήμενοι ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις.

And they-had-came-toward toward to-it, the-ones firsting of-Persians and of-Mêdians and the-ones seeeeing-unto to-the-one to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and the-ones sitting-down in unto-the-ones unto-ruler-belonged.

(L) om καί 4° — fin 93 : homoiot

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:15 καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ὡς δεῖ ποιῆσαι Ἀστὶν τῇ βασιλίσσῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐποίησεν τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως προσταχθέντα διὰ τῶν εὐνούχων.

and they-leadeeered-off unto-it down to-the-ones to-parcelees as it-bindeth to-have-done-unto unto-an-Astin unto-the-one unto-a-ruleress, to-which-a-one not it-did-unto to-the-ones under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-having-been-arranged-toward through of-the-ones of-bed-holders.

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:16 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μουχαῖος πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας Οὐ τὸν βασιλέα μόνον ἠδίκησεν Ἀστὶν ἡ βασίλισσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἡγουμένους τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-had-said, the-one a-Mouchaios, toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-the-ones to-firsting, Not to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-stayeed it-un-coursed-unto, an-Astin the-one a-ruleress, other and to-all to-the-ones to-firsting and to-the-ones to-leading-unto of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

1:16 Μουχαιος] Μαμουχαιος ℵc.a | ηδικησεν] ητιμασεν A | Αστιν] pr asterisc ℵc.a

(L) καὶ παρεκάλεσεν αὐτὸν Βουγαῖος λέγων Οὐ τὸν βασιλέα μόνον ἠδίκηκεν Οὐαστὶν ἡ βασίλισσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων· καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς λαοὺς ἡ ἀδικία αὐτῆς ἐξῆλθεν, ὅτι ἠκύρωσε τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-called-beside-unto to-it, A-Bougaios, forthing, Not to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-stayeed it-un-coursed-unto, an-Ouastin the-one a-ruleress, other and to-the-ones to-firsting of-Persians and of-Mêdians; and into to-all to-the-ones to-peoples the-one an-un-coursing-unto of-it it-had-came-out, to-which-a-one it-en-un-authoritied to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

(L) παρεκαλεσαν 93 | ηδικησεν 93´ = ο´ | ουαστην 319; ουαστει 93; cf 9 | αυτη 93´

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:17 καὶ γὰρ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα τῆς βασιλίσσης, καὶ ὡς ἀντεῖπεν τῷ βασιλεῖ. ὡς οὖν ἀντεῖπεν τῷ βασιλεῖ Ἀρταξέρξῃ,

And too-thus it-led-through-unto unto-them to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-ruleress, and as it-had-ever-a-one-said unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of. As accordingly it-had-ever-a-one-said unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of unto-an-Artaxerxês,

Note: it-led-through-unto unto-them : i.e. the others heard the bed-holder's account of what she said.

Note: unto-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

1:17 om γαρ ℵc.aA | διηγησατο] επιδιηγησατο ℵc.a | ως 1°] οσα A | om ως ουν αντειπεν τω βασιλει ℵ* (hab ℵc.a mg) | τω β. Αρταξερξη] αυτω A

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:18 οὕτως σήμερον αἱ τυραννίδες αἱ λοιπαὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων ἀκούσασαι τὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ λεχθέντα ὑπ' αὐτῆς τολμήσουσιν ὁμοίως ἀτιμάσαι τοὺς ἄνδρας αὐτῶν.

unto-the-one-this this-day the-ones tyrantesses the-ones remaindered of-the-ones of-firsting of-Persians and of-Mêdians having-heard to-the-ones unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-having-been-spoken-unto under of-it they-shall-venture-unto unto-along-belonged to-have-un-valuated-to to-the-ones to-men of-them.

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:19 εἰ οὖν δοκεῖ τῷ βασιλεῖ, προσταξάτω βασιλικόν καὶ γραφήτω κατὰ τοὺς νόμους Μήδων καὶ Περσῶν, καὶ μὴ ἄλλως χρησάσθω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἔτι ἡ βασίλισσα πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῆς δότω ὁ βασιλεὺς γυναικὶ κρείττονι αὐτῆς.

If accordingly it-thinketh-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, it-should-have-arranged-toward to-ruler-belonged-of, and it-should-have-had-been-scribed down to-the-ones to-parcelees of-Mêdians and of-Persians, and lest unto-other it-should-have-afforded-unto, lest-then-also it-should-have-came-into if-to-a-one, the-one a-ruleress, toward to-it, and to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-it it-should-have-had-given, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-a-woman unto-securinged-of of-it.

(L) εἰ δοκεῖ οὖν τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀρεστὸν τῷ φρονήματι αὐτοῦ, γραφήτω εἰς πάσας τὰς χώρας καὶ πρὸς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ γνωσθήτω ἠθετηκυῖα τὸν λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως Οὐαστίν· ἡ δὲ βασιλεία δοθήτω ἄλλῃ, κρείττονι οὔσῃ αὐτῆς,

If it-thinketh-unto accordingly unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged of-us, and pleasable unto-the-one unto-a-centering-to of-it, it-should-have-had-been-scribed into to-all to-the-ones to-spacednesses and toward to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to, and it-should-have-been-acquainted having-had-come-to-un-place-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, an-Ouastin; the-one then-also a-ruling-of it-should-have-been-given unto-other unto-securinged-of unto-being of-it,

(L) om αὐτοῦ 93 | ουαστην 319; -στει 93 : cf 9 | βασιλεία] βασιλεισσα 19´ | κρείττονι οὔσῃ coni Lagarde] κρειττων ουσα 19´; κριττονι 93; κριττων 319

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:20 καὶ ἀκουσθήτω ὁ νόμος ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ὃν ἐὰν ποιῇ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ· καὶ οὕτως πᾶσαι αἱ γυναῖκες περιθήσουσιν τιμὴν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἑαυτῶν, ἀπὸ πτωχοῦ ἕως πλουσίου.

And it-should-have-been-heard the-one a-parcelee the-one under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-which if-ever it-might-do-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-it; and unto-the-one-this all the-ones women they-shall-place-about to-a-valuation unto-the-ones unto-men of-selves, off of-beggared unto-if-which of-wealth-belonged.

1:20 νομος] λογος ℵc.a mgA | om ο υπο A | ον εαν] ο εαν ℵ* ον αν ℵc.aA | αυτου] εαυτου· οτι αληθης A | ουτω ℵ* (ουτως ℵc.a)

(L) καὶ φαινέσθω ὑπακούουσα τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ποιήσει ἀγαθὸν πάσαις ταῖς βασιλείαις· καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ γυναῖκες δώσουσι τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν αὐτῶν ἀπὸ πτωχῶν ἕως πλουσίων.

and it-should-be-manifested hearing-under of-the-one of-a-sound of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-shall-do-unto to-excess-placed unto-all unto-the-ones unto-rulings-of; and all the-ones women they-shall-give to-a-valuation and to-a-reckonedness unto-the-ones unto-men of-them, off of-beggared unto-if-which of-wealth-belonged.

5 Acrostics in Esther (see Hebrew)

(471 B.C.)

Est 1:21 καὶ ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσι· καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καθὰ ἐλάλησεν ὁ Μουχαῖος,

And it-pleased, the-one a-forthee, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of and unto-the-ones unto-firsting; and it-did-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, down-to-which it-spoke-unto, the-one a-Mouchaios,

1:21 τω βασιλει και τοις αρχου sup ras Bab | αρχουσιν ℵ A | Μουχαιος] ευνουχος ℵ* Μουχεος ℵc.a Μαμουχεος ℵc.b

(L) καὶ ἀγαθὸς ὁ λόγος ἐν καρδίᾳ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἑτοίμως κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον.

And excess-placed the-one a-forthee in unto-a-heart of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-did-unto unto-readied-of down to-the-one to-a-forthee to-the-one-this.

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 1:22 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν βασιλείαν κατὰ χώραν, κατὰ τὴν λέξιν αὐτῶν, ὥστε εἶναι φόβον αὐτοῖς ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις αὐτῶν.

and it-set-off into to-all to-the-one to-a-ruling-of down to-spacednesses, down to-the-one to-a-forthing of-them, as-also to-be to-a-fearee unto-them in unto-the-ones unto-housings-unto of-them.

1:22 απεστειλεν] + ο βασιλευς ℵc.a mgA | εις πασαν την βασιλειαν] εν παση τη βασιλεια A | κατα χωραν] εις χωραν και χωραν A | αυτοις φοβον A

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:1 Καὶ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἐκόπασεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ θυμοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι ἐμνήσθη τῆς Ἀστίν, μνημονεύων οἷα ἐλάλησεν καὶ ὡς κατέκρινεν αὐτήν.

And with to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these it-felled-to, the-one a-ruler-of, of-the-one of-a-passion, and not-if-to-a-one it-was-memoried-unto of-the-one of-an-Astin, memory-stayeeing-of to-which-belonged it-spoke-unto and as it-separated-down to-it.

(L) Καὶ οὕτως ἔστη τοῦ μνημονεύειν τῆς Οὐαστὶν καὶ ὧν ἐποίησεν Ασσυήρῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ.

And unto-the-one-this it-had-stood of-the-one to-memory-stayee-of of-the-one of-an-Ouastin and of-which it-did-unto unto-an-Assuêros unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of.

Note: unto-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) ουαστειν 93´ : cf 19

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:2 καὶ εἶπαν οἱ διάκονοι τοῦ βασιλέως Ζητηθήτω τῷ βασιλεῖ κοράσια ἄφθορα καλὰ τῷ εἴδει·

And they-said, the-ones raisers-through of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, It-should-have-been-sought-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-shearaginglets to-un-degraded to-seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness;

Note: to-shearaginglets : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

2:2 του βασιλεως] προς τον βασιλεα A | αφθορα καλα] αφωρα κ. ℵ* (αφθ. κ. ℵc.a) καλα αφθορα A | ειδει] ειδιν ℵ* (ειδει ℵc.a)

(L) καὶ εἶπον οἱ λειτουργοὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Ζητήσωμεν παρθένους καλὰς τῷ εἴδει,

And they-had-said, the-ones public-workers of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, We-might-have-sought-unto to-maidens to-seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness,

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:3 καὶ καταστήσει ὁ βασιλεὺς κωμάρχας ἐν πάσαις ταῖς χώραις τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπιλεξάτωσαν κοράσια παρθενικὰ καλὰ τῷ εἴδει εἰς Σουσὰν τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὸν γυναικῶνα, καὶ παραδοθήτωσαν τῷ εὐνούχῳ τοῦ βασιλέως τῷ φύλακι τῶν γυναικῶν, καὶ δοθήτω σμῆγμα καὶ ἡ λοιπὴ ἐπιμέλεια·

and it-shall-stand-down, the-one a-ruler-of, to-village-firsters in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-spacednesses of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it, and they-should-have-forthed-upon to-shearaginglets to-maiden-belonged-to to-seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness into to-a-Sousa to-the-one to-a-city into to-the-one to-a-womaning, and they-should-have-been-given-beside unto-the-one unto-a-bed-holder of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-the-one unto-a-guarder of-the-ones of-women, and it-should-have-been-given a-soaping-to and the-one remaindered a-vying-upon-of;

Note: to-shearaginglets : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

Note: to-a-womaning : used to refer to a purposing for women, usually to be readied for or maintained for men, and by implication the abode designated for it.

(L) καὶ δοθήτωσαν προστατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ χεῖρα Γωγαίου τοῦ εὐνούχου τοῦ φύλακος τῶν γυναικῶν·

and they-should-have-been-given to-be-stood-before-unto under to-a-hand of-a-Gôgaios of-the-one of-a-bed-holder of-the-one of-a-guarder of-the-ones of-women;

(L) om προστατεῖσθαι 93 : cf ο´ | γωγιου 19´

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:4 καὶ ἡ γυνή ἣ ἂν ἀρέσῃ τῷ βασιλεῖ βασιλεύσει ἀντὶ Ἀστίν. καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ πρόσταγμα, καὶ ἐποίησεν οὕτως.

and the-one a-woman which ever it-might-have-pleased unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of it-shall-ruler-of ever-a-one of-an-Astin. And it-pleased unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, the-one a-practicing-to, and it-did-unto unto-the-one-this.

2:4 η γυνη] om η ℵ* (superscr ℵc.a) | προσταγμα] πραγμα Babℵ A

(L) καὶ ἡ παῖς, ἣ ἐὰν ἀρέσῃ τῷ βασιλεῖ, κατασταθήσεται ἀντὶ Οὐαστίν. καὶ ἐποίησαν ἕτοιμως κατὰ ταῦτα.

and the-one a-child which if-ever it-might-have-pleased unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, it-shall-be-stood-down ever-a-one of-an-Ouastin. And they-did-unto unto-readied-of down to-the-ones-these.

(L) ουαστειν 93´ : cf 19

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:5 Καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἦν Ἰουδαῖος ἐν Σούσοις τῇ πόλει, καὶ ὄνομα αὐτῷ Μαρδοχαῖος ὁ τοῦ Ἰαείρου τοῦ Σεμεείου τοῦ Κεισαίου ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμείν,

And a-mankind it-was Iouda-belonged in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-a-city, and a-naming-to unto-it a-Mardochaios the-one of-the-one of-an-Iaeiros of-the-one of-a-Semeeios of-the-one of-a-Keisaios out of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamein,

2:5 Ιουδαιος ην A | Ιαειρου] ιατρου A | του Σεμεειου] ο του Σεμειου A

(L) καὶ ἦν ἀνὴρ Ἰουδαῖος ἐν Σούσοις τῇ πόλει, ᾧ ὄνομα Μαρδοχαῖος υἱὸς Ἰαείρου τοῦ Σεμεΐου τοῦ Κισαίου ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμιν.

And it-was a-man Iouda-belonged in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-a-city, unto-which a-naming-to a-Mardochaios a-son of-an-Iaeiros of-the-one of-a-Semeios of-the-one of-a-Kisaios out of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamin.

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:6 ὃς ἦν αἰχμάλωτος ἐξ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἣν ᾐχμαλώτευσεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος.

which it-was spear-captured out of-an-Ierousalêm to-which it-spear-captured-of, a-Nabouchodonosor a-ruler-of of-a-Babulôn.

2:6 ην 2°] ον A

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:7 καὶ ἦν τούτῳ παῖς θρεπτή, θυγάτηρ Ἀμειναδὰβ ἀδελφοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὄνομα αὐτῇ Ἐσθήρ· ἐν δὲ τῷ μεταλλάξαι αὐτῆς τοὺς γονεῖς ἐπαίδευσεν αὐτὴν ἑαυτῷ εἰς γυναῖκα· καὶ ἦν τὸ κοράσιον καλὸν τῷ εἴδει.

And it-was unto-the-one-this a-child nourished, a-daughter of-an-Ameinadad of-brethrened of-a-father of-it, and a-naming-to unto-it an-Esthêr; in then-also unto-the-one to-have-othered-with of-it to-the-ones to-becomeeers-of it-childed-of to-it unto-self into to-a-woman; and it-was the-one a-shearaginglet seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness.

Note: to-becomeeers-of : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically.

Note: a-shearaginglet : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

(L) καὶ ἦν ἐκτρέφων πιστῶς τὴν Ἐσθὴρ θυγατέρα ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἦν ἡ παῖς καλὴ τῷ εἴδει σφόδρα καὶ ὡραία τῇ ὄψει.

And it-was nourishing-out unto-trusted to-the-one to-an-Esthêr to-a-daughter of-brethrened of-the-one of-a-father of-it; and it-was the-one a-child seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness to-vehemented and hour-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-beholding.

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:8 καὶ ὅτε ἠκούσθη τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως πρόσταγμα, συνήχθησαν κοράσια πολλὰ εἰς Σουσὰν τὴν πόλιν ὑπὸ χεῖρα Γαί, καὶ ἤχθη Ἐσθὴρ πρὸς Γαὶ τὸν φύλακα τῶν γυναικῶν.

And which-also it-was-heard the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of an-arranging-toward-to, they-were-led-together shearaginglets much into to-a-Sousa to-the-one to-a-city under to-a-hand of-a-Gai, and it-was-led an-Esthêr toward to-a-Gai to-the-one to-a-guarder of-the-ones of-women.

Note: shearaginglets : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

2:8 om κορασια πολλα εις Σουσαν ℵ* (hab τα κ. π. εις Σ. ℵc.a mg inf)

(L) καὶ ἐλήφθη τὸ κοράσιον εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ βασιλέως· καὶ εἶδε Βουγαῖος ὁ εὐνοῦχος ὁ φυλάσσων τὸ κοράσιον,

And it-was-taken the-one a-damselet into to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; and it-had-seen, A-Bougaios the-one a-bed-holder the-one guardering, to-the-one to-a-shearaginglet,

Note: a-shearaginglet : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

(L) γωγιαος (γογ. 319) 93´ : cf ο´ (app) | φυλάσσων] φυλαξ των γυναικων 93´ : cf ο´

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:9 καὶ ἤρεσεν αὐτῷ τὸ κοράσιον, καὶ εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔσπευσεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι τὸ σμῆγμα καὶ τὴν μερίδα καὶ τὰ ἑπτὰ κοράσια τὰ ἀποδεδειγμένα αὐτῇ ἐκ βασιλικοῦ, καὶ ἐχρήσατο αὐτῇ καλῶς καὶ ταῖς ἅβραις αὐτῆς ἐν τῷ γυναικῶνι·

And it-pleased unto-it, the-one a-shearaginglet, and it-had-found to-a-granting to-in-look-belonged of-it; and it-hastened unto-it to-have-had-given to-the-one to-a-soaping-to and to-the-one to-a-portion and to-the-ones to-seven to-shearaginglets to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-en-showed-off unto-it out of-ruler-belonged-of, and it-afforded-unto unto-it unto-seemly and unto-the-ones unto-vassals of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-womaning;

Note: a-shearaginglet : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

Note: unto-a-womaning : used to refer to a purposing for women, usually to be readied for or maintained for men, and by implication the abode designated for it.

2:9 δωναι B* (δουναι Bb) | σμιγμα A | αποδεδειγμενα Bb (vid)

(L) καὶ ἤρεσεν αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ πάσας τὰς γυναῖκας. καὶ εὗρεν Ἐσθὴρ χάριν καὶ ἔλεον κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσπευσε προστατῆσαι αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπέδωκεν ὑπὲρ τὰ ἑπτὰ κοράσια, τὰς ἅβρας αὐτῆς. ὡς δὲ εἰσήχθη Ἐσθὴρ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, ἤρεσεν αὐτῷ σφόδρα.

and it-pleased unto-it over to-all to-the-ones to-women. And it-had-found, an-Esthêr, to-a-granting and to-a-besectionateedness down to-looked-toward of-it, and it-hastened to-have-stood-before-unto of-it and it-gave-upon over to-the-ones to-seven to-shearaginglets, to-the-ones to-vassals of-it. As then-also it-was-led-into an-Esthêr toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, it-pleased unto-it to-vehemented.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

Note: to-shearaginglets : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

(L) προστραστησαι 108* | τάς] της 19´ | om Εσθηρ 2° 392 | πρός] εις 19 | αὐτῷ] αυτη 93*

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:10 καὶ οὐχ ὑπέδειξεν Ἐσθὴρ τὸ γένος αὐτῆς οὐδὲ τὴν πατρίδα· ὁ γὰρ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐνετείλατο αὐτῇ μὴ ἀπαγγεῖλαι.

and not it-en-showed-under, an-Esthêr, to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-it not-then-also to-the-one to-a-fathering; the-one too-thus a-Mardochaios it-finished-in unto-it lest to-have-leadeeered-off.

2:10 αυτης το γενος Εσθηρ A

(471-468 B.C.)

Est 2:11 καθ' ἑκάστην δὲ ἡμέραν ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος περιεπάτει κατὰ τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν γυναικείαν, ἐπισκοπῶν τί Ἐσθὴρ συμβήσεται.

Down to-each then-also to-a-dayedness the-one a-Mardochaios it-was-treading-about-unto down to-the-one to-a-channeling to-the-one to-woman-belonged, scouting-upon-unto to-what-one unto-an-Esthêr it-shall-step-together.

2:11 καθ εκαστην δε] και καθ εκ. A | γυναικιαν ℵ A | τι Εσθηρ συμβησεται] τι συμβ. Εσθηρ ℵc.a τι Αισθηρ συμβαινει A

(478-467 B.C.)

Est 2:12 οὗτος δὲ ἦν καιρὸς κορασίου εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, ὅταν ἀναπληρώσῃ μῆνας ιβ´· οὕτως γὰρ ἀναπληροῦνται αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς θεραπείας, μῆνας ἓξ ἀλιφόμεναι ἐν σμυρνίνῳ ἐλαίῳ, καὶ μῆνας ἓξ ἐν τοῖς ἀρώμασιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σμήγμασιν τῶν γυναικῶν,

The-one-this then-also it-was a-time of-a-shearaginglet to-have-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, which-also-ever it-might-have-en-filled-up to-months to-two-ten; unto-the-one-this too-thus they-be-en-filled-up the-ones dayednesses of-the-one of-a-ministering-of, to-months to-six being-smeared-along in unto-myrrh-belonged-to unto-an-oillet, and to-months to-six in unto-the-ones unto-en-liftings-to and in unto-the-ones unto-soapings-to of-the-ones of-women,

Note: of-a-shearaginglet : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

Note: unto-en-liftings-to : used to refer to ploughing, often of an aroma as ploughing the air.

(478-467 B.C.)

Est 2:13 καὶ τότε εἰσπορεύεται πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα· καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν εἴπῃ, παραδώσει αὐτὴν συνεισέρχεσθαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ γυναικῶνος ἕως τῶν βασιλείων.

and to-the-one-which-also it-traverseth-into-of toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of; and unto-which if-ever it-might-have-had-said, it-shall-give-beside to-it to-come-into-together unto-it off of-the-one of-a-womaning unto-if-which of-the-ones of-ruler-belonged.

Note: unto-a-womaning : used to refer to a purposing for women, usually to be readied for or maintained for men, and by implication the abode designated for it.

2:13 εαν] αν A | αυτω] αυτη ℵc.a αυτη| A

(478-467 B.C.)

Est 2:14 δείλης εἰσπορεύεται, καὶ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἀποτρέχει εἰς τὸν γυναικῶνα τὸν δεύτερον οὗ Γαὶ ὁ εὐνοῦχος τοῦ βασιλέως ὁ φύλαξ τῶν γυναικῶν, καὶ οὐκέτι εἰσπορεύεται πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα ἐὰν μὴ κληθῇ ὀνόματι.

Of-dired it-traverseth-into-of, and toward to-a-dayedness it-circuiteth-off into to-the-one to-a-womaning to-the-one to-second of-which a-Gai the-one a-bed-holder of-the-one of-a-ruler-of the-one a-guarder of-the-ones of-women, and not-if-to-a-one it-traverseth-into-of toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of if-ever lest it-might-have-been-called-unto unto-a-naming-to.

Note: unto-a-womaning : used to refer to a purposing for women, usually to be readied for or maintained for men, and by implication the abode designated for it.

2:14 ου Γαι ο ευνουχος] ου Γαιος ευν. ℵ* ουσας (sic ut vid σας superscr) Γαι ο ευν. ℵc.a ου Τε ο ευν. A | ονομαστι A

(L) καὶ ὅταν ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα, εἰσήγετο, καὶ τὸ πρωῒ ἀπελύετο.

And which-also-ever it-had-became, an-into-acrossedness, it-was-being-led-into, and to-the-one unto-before-belonged it-was-being-loosed-off.

(L) εγινετο 392 | om τό 93´ 392

(467 B.C.)

Est 2:15 ἐν δὲ τῷ ἀναπληροῦσθαι τὸν χρόνον Ἐσθὴρ τῆς θυγατρὸς Ἀμειναδὰβ ἀδελφοῦ πατρὸς Μαρδοχαίου εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, οὐδὲν ἠθέτησεν ὧν ἐνετείλατο ὁ εὐνοῦχος ὁ φύλαξ τῶν γυναικῶν· ἦν γὰρ Ἐσθὴρ εὑρίσκουσα χάριν παρὰ πάντων τῶν βλεπόντων αὐτήν.

In then-also unto-the-one to-be-en-filled-up to-the-one to-a-while of-an-Esthêr of-the-one of-a-daughter of-an-Ameinadab of-brethrened of-a-father of-a-Mardochaios to-have-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, to-not-then-also-one it-un-placed-unto of-which it-finished-in, the-one a-bed-holder the-one a-guarder of-the-ones of-women; it-was too-thus an-Esthêr finding to-a-granting beside of-all of-the-ones of-viewing to-it.

(467 B.C.)

Est 2:16 καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Ἐσθὴρ πρὸς Ἀρταξέρξην τὸν βασιλέα τῷ δωδεκάτῳ μηνὶ ὅς ἐστιν Ἀδάρ, τῷ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-came-into, an-Esthêr, toward to-an-Artaxerxês to-the-one to-a-ruler-of unto-the-one unto-two-tenth unto-a-month which it-be an-Adar, unto-the-one unto-seventh unto-a-yeareedness of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it.

Note: to-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: unto-the-one unto-two-tenth unto-a-month which it-be an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 467 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

2:16 Αρταξερξην] pr τον ℵ A | δωδεκατω] δεκατω ℵc.a | Αδαρ] Αδωρ ℵ* Τηβηθ ℵc.a

(467 B.C.)

Est 2:17 καὶ ἠράσθη ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἐσθήρ, καὶ εὗρεν χάριν παρὰ πάσας τὰς παρθένους, καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῇ τὸ διάδημα τὸ γυναικεῖον.

And it-was-desired-unto the-one a-ruler-of of-an-Esthêr, and it-had-found to-a-granting beside to-all to-the-ones to-maidens, and it-placed-upon unto-it to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to to-the-one to-woman-belonged.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

2:17 om αυτη ℵ | γυναικιον ℵ (γυνεκ.) A + αυτη ℵ? mg

(L) ὡς δὲ κατεμάνθανεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πάσας τὰς παρθένους, ἐφάνη ἐπιφανεστάτη Ἐσθήρ, καὶ εὗρε χάριν καὶ ἔλεον κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπέθηκε τὸ διάδημα τῆς βασιλείας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς.

As then-also it-was-learning-down, the-one a-ruler-of, to-all to-the-ones to-maidens, it-had-been-manifested most-manifested-upon an-Esthêr, and it-had-found to-a-granting and to-a-besectionateedness down to-looked-toward of-it, and it-placed-upon to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to of-the-one of-a-ruling-of upon to-the-one to-a-head of-it.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

(L) Εσθηρ] pr η 392 | βασιλείας] βασιλισσης 93´ | της κεφαλης 319

(467 B.C.)

Est 2:18 καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πότον πᾶσι τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἐπὶ ἡμέρας ἑπτά, καὶ ὕψωσεν τοὺς γάμους Ἐσθήρ, καὶ ἄφεσιν ἐποίησεν τοῖς ὑπὸ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ.

And it-did-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-drinkation unto-all unto-the-ones unto-cared of-it and unto-the-ones unto-abilities upon to-dayednesses to-seven, and it-en-lofteed to-the-ones to-marriages of-an-Esthêr, and to-a-sending-off it-did-unto unto-the-ones under to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-it.

2:18 επι] εφ A | εποιησε 2° ℵ

(L) καὶ ἤγαγεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν γάμον τῆς Ἐσθὴρ ἐπιφανῶς, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἀφέσεις πάσαις ταῖς χώραις.

And it-had-led, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-a-marriage of-the-one of-an-Esthêr unto-manifestinged-upon, and it-did-unto to-sendings-off unto-all unto-the-ones unto-spacednesses.

(L) om ταῖς 19´

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 2:19 ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐθεράπευεν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios it-was-ministering-of in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling.

2:19 εθεραπευσεν A

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 2:20 ἡ δὲ Ἐσθὴρ οὐχ ὑπέδειξεν τὴν πατρίδα αὐτῆς· οὕτως γὰρ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῇ Μαρδοχαῖος, φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεὸν καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ προστάγματα αὐτοῦ, καθὼς ἦν μετ' αὐτοῦ· καὶ Ἐσθὴρ οὐ μετήλλαξεν τὴν ἀγωγὴν αὐτῆς.

The-one then-also an-Esthêr not it-en-showed-under to-the-one to-a-fathering of-it; unto-the-one-this too-thus it-finished-in unto-it, a-Mardochaios, to-fearee-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity and to-do-unto to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to of-it, down-as it-was with of-it; and an-Esthêr not it-othered-with to-the-one to-a-leading of-it.

2:20 ουτω ℵ* (-τως ℵc.a) | Μαρδοχαιος] pr ο A | μετ αυτου] παρ αυτου ℵc.a | ου μετηλλαξεν] ουκ ηλλαξεν A

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 2:21 καὶ ἐλυπήθησαν οἱ δύο εὐνοῦχοι τοῦ βασιλέως οἱ ἀρχισωματοφύλακες ὅτι προήχθη Μαρδοχαῖος, καὶ ἐζήτουν ἀποκτεῖναι Ἀρταξέρξην τὸν βασιλέα.

And they-were-throed-unto the-ones two bed-holders of-the-one of-a-ruler-of the-ones first-en-capsuling-to-guarders to-which-a-one it-was-led-before a-Mardochaios, and they-were-seeking-unto to-have-killed-off to-an-Artaxerxês to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

Note: to-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

2:21 ελυπηθησαν] + Βαγαθαν και Θαρας ℵc.a mg sup | Μαρδοχαιος] pr ο A

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 2:22 καὶ ἐδηλώθη Μαρδοχαίῳ ὁ λόγος, καὶ ἐσήμανεν Ἐσθήρ, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐνεφάνισεν τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς.

And it-was-en-distincted unto-a-Mardochaios the-one a-forthee, and it-signified to-an-Esthêr, and it it-manifested-in-to unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-purposing-upon.

2:22 ο λογος] om ο A | αυτη] η βασιλισσα A | βασιλει] + Αρταξερξη ℵc.a mgA

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 2:23 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἤτασεν τοὺς δύο εὐνούχους καὶ ἐκρέμασεν αὐτούς· καὶ προσέταξεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καταχωρίσαι εἰς μνημόσυνον ἐν τῇ βασιλικῇ βιβλιοθήκῃ ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐνοίας Μαρδοχαίου ἐν ἐγκωμίῳ.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-tested-to to-the-ones to-two to-bed-holders and it-hung-to to-them; and it-arranged-toward, the-one a-ruler-of, to-have-spaced-down-to into to-remembranced in unto-the-one unto-ruler-belonged-of unto-a-paper-placement over of-the-one of-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto of-a-Mardochaios in unto-village-belonged-in.

2:23 ητασεν] ανητασεν ℵc.a | om εν 2° A

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 3:1 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐδόξασεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀρταξέρξης Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου Βουγαῖον, καὶ ὕψωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπρωτοβάθρει πάντων τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ.

With then-also to-the-ones-these it-reckoned-to, the-one a-ruler-of an-Artaxerxês, to-a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos to-Boug-belonged, and it-en-lofteed to-it and it-was-most-before-stepping-unto of-all of-the-ones of-cared of-it.

Note: an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

3:1 om δε A | Αρταξερξης B*vid | Αμαν] Αναμ A | Αμαδαθου] Αναμαθαδου A

(L) Καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐμεγάλυνεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀσσυῆρος Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου Βουγαῖον καὶ ἐπῆρεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἔθηκε τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ ὑπεράνω τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ ὥστε κάμπτεσθαι καὶ προσκυνεῖν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν πάντας.

And it-had-became with to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these it-greatened, the-one a-ruler-of an-Assuêros, to-a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos to-Boug-belonged, and it-lifted-upon to-it and it-placed to-the-one to-a-throne of-it over-up-unto-which of-the-ones of-cared of-it as-also to-bend and to-kiss-toward-unto unto-it upon to-the-one to-a-soil to-all.

Note: of-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) αμαδαθουν 93 : cf ο´ A17 | τόν] αυτον 93* | αὐτῷ / ἐπὶ τ. γήν] tr 93 | παντες 93

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 3:2 καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ, οὕτως γὰρ προσέταξεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιῆσαι· ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος οὐ προσεκύνει αὐτῷ.

And all the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling they-were-kissing-toward-unto unto-it, unto-the-one-this too-thus it-arranged-toward, the-one a-ruler-of, to-have-done-unto; the-one then-also a-Mardochaios not it-was-kissing-toward-unto unto-it.

3:2 αυλη] + του βασιλεως ℵc.a | αυτω 1°] Αμαν A | προσεταξεν] επεταξεν A | ποιησαι ο βασιλευς ℵ | om ου A

(L) πάντων οὖν προσκυνούντων αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως Μαρδοχαῖος οὐ προσεκύνει αὐτῷ.

Of-all accordingly of-kissing-toward-unto unto-it down to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, a-Mardochaios not it-was-kissing-toward-unto unto-it.

(L) fin] + επι την γην παντας παντων ουν προσκυνουντων 93: ex praec

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 3:3 καὶ ἐλάλησαν οἱ ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως τῷ Μαρδοχαίῳ Μαρδοχαῖε, τί παρακούεις τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως λεγόμενα;

And they-spoke-unto, the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-a-Mardochaios, Mardochaios, to-what-one thou-hear-beside to-the-ones under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-being-forthed?

(L) καὶ εἶδον οἱ παῖδες τοῦ βασιλέως ὅτι ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος οὐ προσκυνεῖ τὸν Ἁμάν, καὶ εἶπον οἱ παῖδες τοῦ βασιλέως πρὸς τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον Τί σὺ παρακούεις τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ οὐ προσκυνεῖς τὸν Ἁμάν;

And they-had-seen, the-ones children of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, to-which-a-one the-one a-Mardochaios not it-kisseth-toward-unto to-the-one to-a-Haman, and they-had-said, the-ones children of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, toward to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios, To-what-one thou thou-hear-beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and not thou-kiss-toward-unto to-the-one to-a-Haman?

(L) om ὁ 19 93´ : cf 2 | προσεκυνει 319 : cf 2 | om οἱ παῖδες τοῦ βασ. 2° 319

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 3:4 καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐλάλουν αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐχ ὑπήκουεν αὐτῶν· καὶ ὑπέδειξαν τῷ Ἁμὰν Μαρδοχαῖον τοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως λόγοις ἀντιτασσόμενον· καὶ ὑπέδειξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος ὅτι Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν.

Down to-each to-a-dayedness they-were-speaking-unto unto-it, and not it-was-hearing-under of-them; and they-en-showed-under unto-the-one unto-a-Haman to-a-Mardochaios unto-the-ones of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-forthees to-being-ever-a-one-arranged; and it-en-showed-under unto-them, the-one a-Mardochaios, to-which-a-one Iouda-belonged it-be.

3:4 ελαλουν] ελεγον ℵc.aA | υπηκουσε ℵc.aA | υπεδειξαν] υπεδιξεν ℵ* (-ξαν ℵc.a) | τοις του βασ. λογοις αντιτασσομενον] μη υπακουντα τοις του βασ. λογοις A | και υπεδειξεν] υπεδ. γαρ A

(L) καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ὅτι Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν. καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν περὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ Ἁμάν.

And it-leadeeered-off unto-them to-which-a-one Iouda-belonged it-be. And they-leadeeered-off about of-it unto-the-one unto-a-Haman.

(L) αὐτοῦ τῷ] τουτω 319

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 3:5 καὶ ἐπιγνοὺς Ἁμὰν ὅτι οὐ προσκυνεῖ αὐτῷ Μαρδοχαῖος, ἐθυμώθη σφόδρα,

And having-had-acquainted-upon, a-Haman, to-which-a-one not it-kisseth-toward-unto unto-it, a-Mardochaios, it-was-en-passioned to-vehemented,

3:5 επιγνους] επεγνω A | ου] + Μαρδοχαιος ℵc.a mg (vid) | om Μαρδοχαιος ℵ | εθυμωθη] και εθυμ. Αμαν A

(L) ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν Ἁμάν, ἐθυμώθη τῷ Μαρδοχαίῳ, καὶ ὀργὴ ἐξεκαύθη ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐζήτει ἀνελεῖν τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ.

As then-also it-heard, a-Haman, it-was-passioned-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Mardochaios, and a-stressing it-was-burn-belonged-out in unto-it, and it-was-seeking-unto to-have-had-sectioned-up to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios and to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it in unto-a-dayedness unto-one.

(L) Αμαν] pr ο 319 | ἐξεκαύθη] εξεχυθη 93

(467-462 B.C.)

Est 3:6 καὶ ἐβουλεύσατο ἀφανίσαι πάντας τοὺς ὑπὸ τὴν Ἀρταξέρξου βασιλείαν Ἰουδαίους.

and it-purposed-of to-have-un-manifested-to to-all to-the-ones under to-the-one of-an-Artaxerxês to-a-ruling-of to-Iouda-belonged.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

3:6 εβουλευσατο] + Αμαν ℵc.a

(L) καὶ παραζηλώσας ὁ Ἁμὰν καὶ κινηθεὶς ἐν παντὶ τῷ θυμῷ αὐτοῦ ἐρυθρὸς ἐγένετο ἐκτρέπων αὐτὸν ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ καρδίᾳ φαύλῃ ἐλάλει τῷ βασιλεῖ κακὰ περὶ Ἰσραήλ.

And having-en-craved-beside, the-one a-Haman, and having-been-moved-unto in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-passion of-it, red it-had-became turning-out to-it out of-eyes of-it, and unto-a-heart unto-pettied it-was-speaking-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-wedge-wedged about of-an-Israêl,

Note: text order in (L) follows 6, 8, 9, 11, 10, 7, 13.

(L) om τῷ 1° 19 | om αὐτοῦ 1° 93 | καρδίᾳ] pr η 93

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:7 καὶ ἐποίησεν ψήφισμα ἐν ἔτει δωδεκάτῳ τῆς βασιλείας Ἀρταξέρξου, καὶ ἔβαλεν κλήρους ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας καὶ μῆνα ἐκ μηνὸς ὥστε ἀπολέσαι ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ τὸ γένος Μαρδοχαίου, καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος εἰς τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην τοῦ μηνός ὅς ἐστιν Ἀδάρ.

And it-did-unto to-a-pebbling-to in unto-a-yeareedness unto-two-tenth of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-an-Artaxerxês, and it-had-taken to-lots to-a-dayedness out of-a-dayedness and to-a-month out of-a-month as-also to-have-destructed-off in unto-one unto-a-dayedness to-a-becomeedness of-a-Mardochaios, and it-had-fallen, the-one a-lot, into to-the-one to-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month which it-be an-Adar.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: to-the-one to-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month which it-be an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 days difference from Abib sun calendar.

(L) καὶ ἐπορεύθη Ἁμὰν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐπιγνῶναι ἡμέραν θανάτου αὐτῶν, καὶ βάλλει κλήρους εἰς τὴν τρισκαιδεκάτην τοῦ μηνὸς Ἀδὰρ Νισὰν φονεύειν πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀπὸ ἀρσενικοῦ ἕως θηλυκοῦ καὶ διαρπάζειν τὰ νήπια.

And it-was-traversed-of, a-Haman, toward to-the-ones to-deities of-it of-the-one to-have-had-acquainted-upon to-a-dayedness of-a-death of-them, and it-casteth to-lots into to-the-one to-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month of-an-Adar of-a-Nisan to-slay-of to-all to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged off of-male-belonged-of unto-if-which of-female and to-through-snatch-to to-the-ones to-non-word-belonged.

Note: to-the-one to-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month of-an-Adar of-a-Nisan : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 days difference from Abib sun calendar.

Note: text order in (L) follows 6, 8, 9, 11, 10, 7, 13.

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:8 καὶ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Ἀρταξέρξην λέγων Ὑπάρχει ἔθνος διεσπαρμένον ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου, οἱ δὲ νόμοι αὐτῶν ἔξαλλοι παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, τῶν δὲ νόμων τοῦ βασιλέως παρακούουσιν, καὶ οὐ συμφέρει τῷ βασιλεῖ ἐᾶσαι αὐτούς.

And it-spoke-unto toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-an-Artaxerxês forthing, It-firsteth-under, a-placeedness-belonging-to having-hath-had-come-to-be-whorled-through in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-thee, the-ones then-also parcelees of-them othered-out beside to-all to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to, of-the-ones then-also of-parcelees of-the-one of-a-ruler-of they-hear-beside, and not it-beareth-together unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-have-let-unto to-them.

Note: to-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

3:8 διεσπαρμενον] ενδιεσπαρμ. (? εν δισπ.) ℵc.a | σου] αυτων ℵ* (σου ℵc.a) | τω βασιλει ου συμφερει A

(L) λέγων Ἔστι λαὸς διεσπαρμένος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς βασιλείαις, λαὸς πολέμου καὶ ἀπειθής, ἔξαλλα νόμιμα ἔχων, τοῖς δὲ νομίμοις σοῦ, βασιλεῦ, οὐ προσέχουσι γνωριζόμενοι ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι πονηροὶ ὄντες καὶ τὰ προστάγματά σου ἀθετοῦσι πρὸς καθαίρεσιν τῆς δόξης σου.

forthing, It-be a-people having-had-come-to-be-whorled-through in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-rulings-of, a-people of-a-war and un-suringed, to-othered-out to-parcelee-belonged-to holding, unto-the-ones then-also unto-parcelee-belonged-to of-thee, Ruler-of, not they-hold-toward, being-acquainted-to in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to en-necessitated being, and to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to of-thee they-un-place-unto toward to-a-sectioning-along-down of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-thee.

Note: text order in (L) follows 6, 8, 9, 11, 10, 7, 13.

(L) καθαιρεσι 19

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:9 εἰ δοκεῖ τῷ βασιλεῖ, δογματισάτω ἀπολέσαι αὐτούς, κἀγὼ διαγράψω εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τοῦ βασιλέως ἀργυρίου τάλαντα μύρια.

If it-thinketh-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of it-should-have-thinking-toed-to to-have-destructed-off to-them, and-I I-shall-scribe-through into to-the-one to-a-treasure-guarderylet of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-silverlet to-talantons to-myriaded.

Note: to-myriaded : when context infers a definite number refers to ten thousand.

Note: it-should-have-thinking-toed-to : Greek DOGMATIZW, DOGMA (thinking-to) incorporated into a Verb; used to refer to applying a thinking-to; i.e. in Active voice to decree to others, in Passive voice to be decreed to, in Middle voice to decree to oneself.

(L) εἰ δοκεῖ οὖν τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἀγαθὴ ἡ κρίσις ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, δοθήτω μοι τὸ ἔθνος εἰς ἀπώλειαν, καὶ διαγράψω εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον ἀργυρίου τάλαντα μύρια.

If it-thinketh-unto accordingly unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, and excess-placed the-one a-separating in unto-a-heart of-it, it-should-have-been-given unto-me the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to into to-a-destructing-off-of, and I-shall-scribe-through into to-the-one to-a-treasure-guarderylet of-a-silverlet to-talantons to-myriaded.

Note: to-myriaded : when context infers a definite number refers to ten thousand.

Note: text order in (L) follows 6, 8, 9, 11, 10, 7, 13.

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:10 καὶ περιελόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν δακτύλιον ἔδωκεν εἰς χεῖρα τῷ Ἁμάν, σφραγίσαι κατὰ τῶν γεγραμμένων κατὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

And having-had-sectioned-about, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-digit-belonged it-gave into to-a-hand unto-the-one unto-a-Haman, to-have-sealed-to down of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-scribed down of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged.

3:10 om ο βασιλευς ℵ*vid (hab ℵ? mg) | τον δακτυλιον] + αυτου A | εδωκεν εις χειρα] om εις χ. ℵ* εις χειρας εδωκεν ℵc.a εδωκεν εις χειρας A | τω Αμαν] om τω A

(L) καὶ περιείλετο ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ δακτύλιον ἀπὸ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔδωκε τῷ Ἁμὰν λέγων Γράφε εἰς πάσας τὰς χώρας καὶ σφραγίζου τῷ δακτυλίῳ τοῦ βασιλέως· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὃς ἀποστρέψει τὴν σφραγῖδα.

And it-had-sectioned-about, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-digit-belonged off of-the-one of-a-hand of-it and it-gave unto-the-one unto-a-Haman forthing, Thou-should-scribe into to-all to-the-ones to-spacednesses and thou-should-seal-to unto-the-one unto-digit-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; not too-thus it-be which it-shall-beturn-off to-the-one to-a-flourisherednessl.

Note: text order in (L) follows 6, 8, 9, 11, 10, 7, 13.

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:11 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Ἁμάν Τὸ μὲν ἀργύριον ἔχε, τῷ δὲ ἔθνει χρῶ ὡς βούλει.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-a-Haman, To-the-one indeed to-a-silverlet thou-should-hold, unto-the-one then-also unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to I-afford-unto as thou-purpose.

3:11 βουλει] saltem β sup ras Bab

(L) καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεὺς Τὸ μὲν ἀργύριον ἔχε, τῷ δὲ ἔθνει χρῶ ὡς ἄν σοι ἀρεστὸν ᾖ.

And it-had-said unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, To-the-one indeed to-a-silverlet thou-should-hold, unto-the-one then-also unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to I-afford-unto as ever unto-thee pleasable it-might-be.

Note: text order in (L) follows 6, 8, 9, 11, 10, 7, 13.

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:12 καὶ ἐκλήθησαν οἱ γραμματεῖς τοῦ βασιλέως μηνὶ πρώτῳ τῇ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ, καὶ ἔγραψαν ὡς ἐπέταξεν Ἁμὰν τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν κατὰ πᾶσαν χώραν ἀπὸ Ἰνδικῆς ἕως τῆς Αἰθιοπίας, ταῖς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ χώραις, τοῖς τε ἄρχουσι τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ τὴν αὐτῶν λέξιν, δι' Ἀρταξέρξου τοῦ βασιλέως.

And they-were-called-unto the-ones scribing-toers-of of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-a-month unto-most-before unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth, and they-scribed as it-arranged-upon, a-Haman, unto-the-ones unto-amass-leaders and unto-the-ones unto-firsting down to-all to-a-spacedness off of-India-belonged-of unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia, unto-the-ones unto-a-hundred unto-twenty unto-seven unto-spacednesses, unto-the-ones also unto-firsting of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to down to-the-one of-them to-a-forthing, through of-an-Artaxerxês of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

Note: unto-a-month unto-most-before unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:13 καὶ ἀπεστάλη διὰ βιβλιαφόρων εἰς τὴν Ἀρταξέρξου βασιλείαν, ἀφανίσαι τὸ γένος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ μηνὸς δωδεκάτου, ὅς ἐστιν Ἀδάρ, καὶ διαρπάσαι τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτῶν.

And it-had-been-set-off through of-paper-bearers into to-the-one of-an-Artaxerxês to-a-ruling-of, to-have-un-manifested-to to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged in unto-a-dayedness unto-one of-a-month of-two-tenth, which it-be an-Adar, and to-have-through-snatched-to to-the-ones to-firsting-under of-them.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: of-a-month of-two-tenth, which it-be an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

(L) καὶ ἔσπευσε καὶ ἔδωκεν εἰς χεῖρας τρεχόντων ἱππέων.

And it-hastened and it-gave into to-hands of-circuiting of-horsers-of.

Note: text order in (L) follows 6, 8, 9, 11, 10, 7, 13.

(L) τρεχόντων] τρεχων των 93 | ιππων 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est B:1 (Est 13:1) Τῆς δὲ ἐπιστολῆς ἐστὶν τὸ ἀντίγραφον τόδε Βασιλεὺς μέγας Ἀρταξέρξης τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἕως τῆς Αἰθιοπίας ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ χωρῶν ἄρχουσι καὶ τοπάρχαις ὑποτεταγμένοις τάδε γράφει.

(Est 13:1) Of-the-one then-also of-a-seteeing-upon it-be the-one ever-a-one-scribed the-one-then-also, A-ruler-of great an-Artaxerxês unto-the-ones off of-the-one of-India-belonged-of unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia of-a-hundred of-twenty of-seven of-spacednesses, unto-firsting and unto-occasion-firsters unto-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-under, to-the-ones-then-also it-scribeth.

Note: an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

B:1-2 και τοπαρχαις . . . υποτεταγμενων ακυ sup ras et infr lineas Aa (om και πασης . . . επαιρομενος A*vid)

B:1 επιστολης] π sup ras Aa? | το αντιγραφον] om το ℵ* (superscr ℵc.a) | Αρταρξερξης A* (ras ρ A?) | επτα] pr και A

(L) Καὶ ὑπέγραψε τὴν ὑποτεταγμένην ἐπιστολήν Βασιλεὺς μέγας Ἀσσυῆρος τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἕως τῆς Αἰθιοπίας ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ ἑπτὰ χωρῶν ἄρχουσι καὶ σατράπαις τάδε γράφει

And it-scribed-under to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-under to-a-seteeing-upon, A-ruler-of great an-Assuêros unto-the-ones off of-the-one of-India-belonged-of unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia of-a-hundred and of-twenty and of-seven of-spacednesses unto-firsting and unto-provincers to-the-ones-then-also it-scribeth.

Note: an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(462 B.C.)

Est B:2 (Est 13:2) πολλῶν ἐπάρξας ἐθνῶν καὶ πάσης ἐπικρατήσας οἰκουμένης, ἐβουλήθην, μὴ τῷ θράσει τῆς ἐξουσίας ἐπαιρόμενος ἐπιεικέστερον δὲ καὶ μετὰ ἠπιότητος ἀεὶ διεξάγων, τοὺς τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων ἀκυμάτους διὰ παντὸς καταστῆσαι βίους, τήν τε βασιλείαν ἥμερον καὶ πορευτὴν μέχρι περάτων παρεξόμενος ἀνανεώσασθαί τε τὴν ποθουμένην τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εἰρήνην.

(Est 13:2) Of-much having-firsted-upon of-placeedness-belongings-to and of-all having-secured-upon-unto of-being-housed-unto, I-was-purposed, lest unto-the-one unto-a-boldeedness of-the-one of-a-being-out-unto lifting-upon, to-more-resembled-upon then-also and with of-a-gentleness ever-if leading-out-through, to-the-ones of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-under to-un-swelled through of-all to-have-stood-down to-dureeations, to-the-one also to-a-ruling-of to-dayed and to-traversable-of unto-lest-whilst of-acrossments shall-having-held-beside to-have-been-en-newed-up also to-the-one to-being-yearned-unto unto-the-ones unto-all unto-mankinds to-a-joinifying.

Note: to-un-swelled : used to refer to calm waves, i.e. un-turmoiled.

Note: to-dayed : day being used in the sense of being a time of rest and calm in nature.

B:1-2 και τοπαρχαις . . . υποτεταγμενων ακυ sup ras et infr lineas Aa (om και πασης . . . επαιρομενος A*vid)

(L) Πολλῶν ἐπάρξας ἐθνῶν καὶ πάσης ἐπικρατήσας τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐβουλήθην, μὴ τῷ θράσει τῆς ἐξουσίας ἐπαιρόμενος, ἐπιεικέστερον δὲ καὶ μετὰ ἠπιότητος ἀεὶ διεξάγων, τοὺς τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων ἀταράχους διὰ παντὸς καταστῆσαι βίους, τὴν δὲ βασιλείαν ἥμερον καὶ πορευτὴν ἄχρι περάτων παρεχόμενος ἀνανεώσασθαι τὴν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ποθουμένην εἰρήνην.

Of-much having-firsted-upon of-placeedness-belongings-to and of-all having-secured-upon-unto of-the-one of-being-housed-unto, I-was-purposed, lest unto-the-one unto-a-boldeedness of-the-one of-a-being-out-unto lifting-upon, to-more-resembled-upon then-also and with of-a-gentleness ever-if leading-out-through, to-the-ones of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-under to-un-stirred through of-all to-have-stood-down to-dureeations, to-the-one then-also to-a-ruling-of to-tamed and to-traversable-of unto-whilst of-acrossments holding-beside to-have-been-en-newed-up to-the-one unto-all unto-mankinds to-being-yearned-unto to-a-joinifying.

(L) πάσης] πασας 19 | διεξαγειν 93; διεξαγαγειν 319 | δε 2°] τε 93´ = ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est B:3 (Est 13:3) πυθομένου δέ μου τῶν συμβούλων πῶς ἂν ἀχθείη τοῦτο ἐπὶ πέρας, σωφροσύνῃ παρ' ἡμῖν διενέγκας καὶ ἐν τῇ εὐνοίᾳ ἀπαραλλάκτως καὶ βεβαίᾳ πίστει ἀποδεδειγμένος καὶ δεύτερον τῶν βασιλειῶν γέρας ἀπενηνεγμένος Ἁμὰν

(Est 13:3) Of-having-had-ascertained then-also of-me of-the-ones of-purposers-together unto-whither ever it-may-have-been-led the-one-this upon to-an-acrossment, unto-a-rational-centeringedness beside unto-us having-beared-through and in unto-the-one unto-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto unto-un-othered-beside and unto-step-step-belonged unto-a-trust having-had-come-to-be-en-showed-off and to-second of-the-ones of-ruler-belonged to-a-seniorness having-had-come-to-bear-off, a-Haman,

Note: unto-step-step-belonged : derived from the step to step adjustment one takes to get a solid stance, as applied to sured construct.

Note: to-a-seniorness : refers to a position of honor through experienece, usually with age, but not always.

(L) πυνθανομένου δέ μου τῶν συμβούλων πῶς ἂν ἀχθείη τοῦτο ἐπὶ πέρας ὁ σωφροσύνῃ παρ' ἡμῖν διενηνοχώς, εὐνοίᾳ ἀπαραλλάκτῳ καὶ βεβαίᾳ πίστει τὸ δεύτερον τῶν βασιλειῶν γέρας ἀπενεγκάμενος Ἁμὰν

Of-ascertaining then-also of-me of-the-ones of-purposers-together unto-whither ever it-may-have-been-led the-one-this upon to-an-acrossment, the-one, unto-a-rational-centeredness beside unto-us having-had-come-to-bear-through, unto-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto unto-un-othered-beside and unto-step-step-belonged unto-a-trust to-the-one to-second of-the-ones of-ruler-belonged to-a-seniorness having-had-come-to-bear-off, a-Haman,

Note: unto-step-step-belonged : derived from the step to step adjustment one takes to get a solid stance, as applied to sured construct.

Note: to-a-seniorness : refers to a position of honor through experienece, usually with age, but not always.

(462 B.C.)

Est B:4 (Est 13:4) ἐπέδειξεν ἡμῖν, ἐν πάσαις ταῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην φυλαῖς ἀναμεμίχθαι δυσμενῆ λαόν τινα, τοῖς νόμοις ἀντίθετον πρὸς πᾶν ἔθνος, τά τε τῶν βασιλέων παραπέμποντας διηνεκῶς προστάγματα, πρὸς τὸ μὴ κατατίθεσθαι τὴν ὑφ' ἡμῶν κατευθυνομένην ἀμέμπτως συναρχίαν.

(Est 13:4) it-en-showed-upon unto-us, in unto-all unto-the-ones down to-the-one to-being-housed-unto unto-tribings to-have-had-come-to-be-en-mingled-up to-onerously-stayinged to-a-people to-a-one, unto-the-ones unto-parcelees to-ever-a-one-placed toward to-all to-a-placeedness-belonging-to, to-the-ones also of-the-ones of-rulers-of to-volleying-beside unto-beared-through to-arrangings-toward-to, toward to-the-one lest to-be-placed-down to-the-one under of-us to-being-straightened-down unto-un-blameable to-a-firsting-together-unto.

(L) ὑπέδειξεν ἡμῖν πάροικον ἐν πάσαις ταῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην φυλαῖς ἀναμεμίχθαι δυσμενῆ τινὰ λαόν, τοῖς μὲν νόμοις ἀντιδικοῦντα πρὸς πᾶν ἔθνος, τά δὲ τῶν βασιλέων παραπέμποντα διηνεκῶς προστάγματα πρὸς τὸ μηδέποτε τὴν βασιλείαν εὐσταθείας τυγχάνειν.

it-en-showed-under unto-us to-housed-beside in unto-all unto-the-ones down to-the-one to-being-housed-unto unto-tribings to-have-had-come-to-be-en-mingled-up to-onerously-stayinged to-a-one to-a-people, unto-the-ones indeed unto-parcelees to-ever-a-one-coursed toward to-all to-a-placeedness-belonging-to, to-the-ones then-also of-the-ones of-rulers-of to-volleying-beside unto-beared-through to-arrangings-toward-to, toward to-the-one lest-then-also-whither-also to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-a-goodly-standing-of to-actuanate.

(L) ἡμῖν] υμιν 319 : cf ο´ (app) | παροικος 19´ | αναμεμιχας 19 | αντιδικουν 93´ | τό] τα 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est B:5 (Est 13:5) διειληφότες οὖν τόδε τὸ ἔθνος μονώτατον ἐν ἀντιπαραγωγῇ παντὶ διὰ παντὸς ἀνθρώπῳ κείμενον, διαγωγὴν νόμων ξενίζουσαν παραλλάσσον, καὶ δυσνοοῦν τοῖς ἡμετέροις πράγμασιν τὰ χείριστα συντελοῦν κακὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μὴ τὴν βασιλείαν εὐσταθίας τυγχάνειν·

(Est 13:5) Having-hath-had-come-to-take-through accordingly to-the-one-then-also to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-most-stayeed in unto-an-ever-a-one-leading-beside unto-all through of-all unto-a-mankind to-situating, to-a-leading-through of-parcelees to-guesting-to to-othering-beside, and to-onerously-en-mulling-unto unto-the-ones unto-ours unto-practicings-to to-the-ones to-most-worsinged-of, to-finishing-together-unto to-wedge-wedged and toward to-the-one lest to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-a-goodly-standing-unto to-actuanate;

(L) διειληφότες οὖν μονώτατον τὸ ἔθνος ἐναντίᾳ παραγωγῇ παντὸς κείμενον τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τῶν νόμων ξενίζουσαν παραγωγὴν καὶ δυσνοοῦν τοῖς ἡμετέροις προστάγμασιν ἀεὶ τὰ χείριστα συντελεῖν κακὰ πρὸς τὸ μηδέποτε κατατίθεσθαι τῇ ὑφ' ἡμῶν κατευθυνομένῃ μοναρχίᾳ,

Having-hath-had-come-to-take-through accordingly to-most-stayeed to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to unto-ever-a-oned-in unto-a-leading-beside of-all to-situating of-the-ones of-mankinds through of-the-ones of-parcelees to-guesting-to to-a-leading-beside, and to-onerously-en-mulling-unto unto-the-ones unto-ours unto-arrangings-toward-to ever-if to-the-ones to-most-worsinged-of, to-finish-together-unto to-wedge-wedged toward to-the-one lest-then-also-whither-also to-place-down unto-the-one under of-us unto-being-straightened-down unto-a-stayeed-firsting-unto;

(L) om παντός — παραγωγήν 93: homoiar | παντὸς κείμενον] παντι δια παντος διακειμενον 319 : cf ο´ | τ. νόμων] pr των 319 | υμετεροις 93 | κατευθυνομενην μαναρχιαν 93 : cf ο´ 4

(462 B.C.)

Est B:6 (Est 13:6) προστετάχαμεν οὖν τοὺς σημαινομένους ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ὑπὸ Ἁμὰν τοῦ τεταγμένου ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ δευτέρου πατρὸς ἡμῶν, πάντας σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ἀπολέσαι ὁλορριζεὶ ταῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν μαχαίραις ἄνευ παντὸς οἴκτου καὶ φειδοῦς τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ δωδεκάτου μηνὸς Ἀδὰρ τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος ἔτους,

(Est 13:6) we-had-come-to-arrange-toward accordingly to-the-ones to-being-signified unto-ye in unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-scribed under of-a-Haman, of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-arranged upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to, and of-second of-a-father of-us, to-all together unto-women and unto-creationees to-have-destructed-off unto-whole-rooted, unto-the-ones of-the-ones of-en-enmitied unto-battle-section-alongednesses, un-nodded of-all of-a-pitiation and of-a-sparing, unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-two-tenth of-a-month of-an-Adar of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-stand-in of-a-yeareedness,

Note: unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-two-tenth of-a-month of-an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

(L) προστετάχαμεν οὖν ὑμῖν τοὺς σημαινομένους ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ὑπὸ Ἁμὰν τοῦ τεταγμένου ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ δευτέρου πατρὸς ἡμῶν ὁλορίζους ἀπολέσαι σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ταῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν μαχαίραις ἄνευ παντὸς οἴκτου καὶ φειδοῦς τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ δωδεκάτου (οὗτος ὁ μὴν Αδαρ, ὅς ἐστι Δύστρος), φονεύειν πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους καὶ ἁρπάζειν τὰ νήπια,

we-had-come-to-arrange-toward accordingly unto-ye to-the-ones to-being-signified unto-ye in unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-scribed under of-a-Haman, of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-arranged upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to, and of-second of-a-father of-us, of-whole-rootinged to-have-destructed-off together unto-women and unto-creationees unto-the-ones of-the-ones of-en-enmitied unto-battle-section-alongednesses, un-nodded of-all of-a-pitiation and of-a-sparing, unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-two-tenth, the-one-this the-one a-month an-Adar which it-be a-Dustros, to-slay-of to-all to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged and to-snatch-to to-the-ones to-non-word-belonged,

Note: unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-two-tenth, the-one-this the-one a-month an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

(L) ὑπὸ Αμαν τοῦ τεταγμένου] υπο τεταγμενων αμαν 93 | οἴκτου] οικου 93 | ὅς] ο 93 : cf A 1 216 (ο´)

(462 B.C.)

Est B:7 (Est 13:7) ὅπως οἱ πάλαι καὶ νῦν δυσμενεῖς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ βιαίως εἰς τὸν ᾅδην κατελθόντες εἰς τὸν μετέπειτα χρόνον εὐσταθῆ καὶ ἀτάραχα παρέχωσιν ἡμῖν διὰ τέλους τὰ πράγματα.

(Est 13:7) unto-which-whither the-ones unto-past and now onerously-stayinged in unto-a-dayedness unto-one unto-dureeatedness-belonged into to-the-one to-a-hadês having-had-came-down, into to-the-one with-upon-if-to-the-ones to-a-while to-goodly-standinged and to-un-stirred they-might-hold-beside unto-us through of-a-finisheedness to-the-ones to-practicings-to.

B:7 βια βιαιως ℵ* (om βια ℵ?) | om εις 1° ℵc.aA | αταραχον ℵ* (-χα ℵc.a) | παρεχουσιν A | πραγματα] προσταγματα A

(L) ἵνα οἱ πάλαι δυσμενεῖς καὶ νῦν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ συνελθόντες εἰς τὸν ᾅδην εἰς τὰ μετέπειτα εὐσταθήσωσιν καὶ μὴ διὰ τέλους παρέχωσιν ἡμῖν πράγματα.

so the-ones unto-past onerously-stayinged and now, in unto-a-dayedness unto-one having-had-came-together into to-the-one to-a-hadês, into to-the-ones with-upon-if-to-the-ones they-might-have-goodly-stood-unto, and lest through of-a-finisheedness they-might-hold-beside unto-us to-practicings-to.

(L) om ἵνα 319: homoiot | εἰς τά] ειτα 319 | ευσταθησουσιν 93´ | παρεχουσιν 319*? : cf ο´ (app) | ἡμῖν] υμιν 19*

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:14 τὰ δὲ ἀντίγραφα τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἐξετίθετο κατὰ χώραν· καὶ προσετάγη πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἑτοίμους εἶναι εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην.

The-ones then-also ever-a-one-scribed of-the-ones of-seteeings-upon it-was-being-placed-out down to-a-spacedness; and it-had-been-arranged-toward unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to to-readied-of to-be into to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-this.

3:14 χωραν] + κ χωραν ℵc.a | πασι τοις εθνεσιν] τοις εθνεσιν πασιν A

(462 B.C.)

Est 3:15 ἐσπεύδετο δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ εἰς Σουσάν· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς καὶ Ἁμὰν ἐκωθωνίζοντο, ἐταράσσετο δὲ ἡ πόλις.

It-was-being-hastened then-also the-one a-practicing-to and into to-a-Sousa; the-one then-also a-ruler-of and a-Haman they-were-decantering-to, it-was-being-stirred then-also the-one a-city.

Note: they-were-decantering-to : used to refer to opening and pouring wine and liquor; by implication drinking large amounts.

3:15 εις Σουσαν] εν Σουσοις A | εκωθωνιζοντο] adnot ἐμεθύσκοντω (sic)· κώθων γάρ· εἴδος ποτηρίου Ba mg inf

(L) Καὶ ἐν Σούσοις ἐξετέθη τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦτο.

And in unto-Sousa' it-was-placed-out the-one an-arranging-toward-to the-one-this.

(L) ἐξετέθη] εξεταθη 319 | πρόσταγμα] πραγμα 93´ : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:1 ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐπιγνοὺς τὸ συντελούμενον διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἐνεδύσατο σάκκον καὶ κατεπάσατο σποδόν, καὶ ἐκπηδήσας διὰ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως ἐβόα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Αἴρεται ἔθνος μηδὲν ἠδικηκός.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios having-had-acquainted-upon to-the-one to-being-finished-together-unto it-en-bursted-through to-the-ones to-apparelets of-self, and it-sunk-in to-a-burlap and it-pattered-down to-an-ash, and having-out-scurried-unto through of-the-one of-broad of-the-one of-a-city it-was-hollering-unto unto-a-sound unto-great, It-be-lifted a-placeedness-belonging-to to-lest-then-also-one having-had-come-to-un-course-unto.

Note: it-pattered-down : i.e. pattering ashes upon himself.

4:1 εαυτου] αυτου ℵ A | πλατιας ℵ | αιρεται (-τε A)] ερειται ℵ* (ερεται ℵ?) | ηδικηκος] + πικρα ℵc.a (mg)

(L) Ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐπέγνω πάντα τὰ γεγονότα, καὶ ἡ πόλις Σοῦσα ἐταράσσετο ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγενημένοις, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἦν πένθος μέγα καὶ πικρὸν ἐν πάσῃ πόλει.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios it-had-acquainted-upon to-all to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-become, and the-one a-city a-Sousa it-was-being-stirred upon unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-became, and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged it-was a-grieveedness great and bittered in unto-all unto-a-city.

(L) om καὶ ἡ πόλις — (2) Μαρδοχαῖος 392 : cf ο´ | om ἐπί 19´ | γεγεννημενοις 319

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:2 καὶ ἦλθεν ἕως τῆς πύλης τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ἔστη· οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἐξὸν αὐτῷ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν σάκκον ἔχοντι καὶ σποδόν.

And it-had-came unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-gate of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-had-stood; not too-thus it-was being-out unto-it to-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-channeling to-a-burlap unto-holding and to-an-ash.

4:2 πυλης] αυλης A | αυτω εξον A | αυλην] πυλην ℵc.a mg | εχοντα A

(L) ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ περιείλετο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ περιεβάλετο σάκκον καὶ σποδωθεὶς ἐξῆλθεν ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν ἔξω καὶ ἔστη· οὐ γὰρ ἠδύνατο εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια ἐν σάκκῳ.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios having-had-came into to-the-one to-a-house of-it it-had-sectioned-about to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it and it-had-casted-about to-a-burlap, and having-been-en-ashed it-had-came-out as upon to-the-one to-a-channeling to-the-one out-unto-which and it-had-stood; not too-thus it-abled to-have-had-came-into into to-the-ones to-ruler-belonged in unto-a-burlap.

(L) ἐλθών] εισελθων 93´ 392 | περιείλετο] pr και 392 | περιεβαλλετο 108 | om τὴν 2° 93

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:3 καὶ ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ οὗ ἐξετίθετο τὰ γράμματα κραυγὴ καὶ κοπετὸς καὶ πένθος μέγα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, σάκκον καὶ σποδὸν ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτοῖς.

And in unto-all unto-a-spacedness of-which it-was-being-placed-out the-ones scribings-to a-clamoring and a-fellableness and a-grieveedness great unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged, to-a-burlap and to-an-ash they-en-strewed unto-selves.

4:3 χωρα] + κ τοπω ℵc.a (mg) | τα γραμματα] incep το ℵ* το προσταγμα του βασιλεως ℵc.a mg | κοπετος] + ην A | σακκον] pr και A | εστρωσαν] υπεστρωσαν ℵc.a

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:4 καὶ εἰσῆλθον αἱ ἅβραι καὶ οἱ εὐνοῦχοι τῆς βασιλίσσης καὶ ἀνήγγειλαν αὐτῇ· καὶ ἐταράχθη ἀκούσασα τὸ γεγονός, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν στολίσαι τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ ἀφελέσθαι αὐτοῦ τὸν σάκκον· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἐπείσθη.

And they-had-came-into, the-ones vassals and the-ones bed-holders of-the-one of-a-ruleress, and they-leadeeered-up unto-it; and it-was-stirred having-heard to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become, and it-set-off to-have-seteed-to to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios and to-have-had-sectioned-off of-it to-the-one to-a-burlap; the-one then-also not it-was-sured.

Note: to-have-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

4:4 εισηλθοσαν ℵ | γενος ℵ* (γεγονος ℵc.a) | τον Μαρδοχαιον] om τον A | αυτου] pr απ ℵc.a | επεισθη (επισθη ℵ*)] ετιθει ℵc.a ετιθη A

(L) καὶ ἐκάλεσεν εὐνοῦχον ἕνα καὶ ἀπέστειλε πρὸς Ἐσθήρ, καὶ εἶπεν ἡ βασίλισσα Περιέλεσθε τὸν σάκκον καὶ εἰσαγάγετε αὐτόν· ὃς δὲ οὐκ ἤθελεν.

And it-called-unto to-a-bed-holder to-one and it-set-off toward to-an-Esthêr. And it-had-said, the-one a-ruleress, Ye-should-have-had-sectioned-about to-the-one to-a-burlap and ye-should-have-had-led-into to-it; which then-also not it-determined;

(L) περιελεσθω 19^c 108 319 | ὅς 93] ως rel

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:5 ἡ δὲ Ἐσθὴρ προσεκαλέσατο Ἁχραθαῖον τὸν εὐνοῦχον αὐτῆς, ὃς παριστήκει αὐτῇ, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν μαθεῖν αὐτῇ παρὰ τοῦ Μαρδοχαίου τὸ ἀκριβές.

The-one then-also an-Esthêr it-called-toward-unto to-a-Hachrathaios to-the-one to-bed-holder of-it, which it-had-come-to-have-had-stood-beside unto-it, and it-set-off to-have-had-learned unto-it beside of-the-one of-a-Mardochaios to-the-one to-exactinged.

4:5 Αχραθεον A | παρειστηκει Ba (vid)A | αυτη 2° Bℵ*c.b] αυτον ℵc.aA | το ακριβες] + εις την πλατειαν της πολεως η εστιν κατα προωπον της πυλης της πολεως ℵc.a mg + επι την πλατειαν προς τη (τη A* τα sup ras Aa) βασιλεα (sic) A

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:7 ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος ὑπέδειξεν αὐτῷ τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ἣν ἐπηγγείλατο Ἁμὰν τῷ βασιλεῖ εἰς τὴν γάζαν μυρίων ταλάντων, ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios it-en-showed-under unto-it to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become and to-the-one to-a-leadeeering-upon-unto to-which it-leadeeered-upon, a-Haman, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of into to-the-one to-a-treasure of-myriaded of-talantons, so it-might-have-destructed-off to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged.

Note: of-myriaded : when context infers a definite number refers to ten thousand.

4:7 το γεγονος] pr συνπαν ℵc.a mg | επαγγελιαν] + του αργυριου ℵc.a mg | τω βασιλει . . . ταλαντων] παραστησαι εις την γαζαν τω βασιλει ταλαντων μυριων ℵc.a | την γαζαν] om την A | ταλαντων μυριων A

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:8 καὶ τὸ ἀντίγραφον τὸ ἐν Σούσοις ἐκτεθὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀπολέσθαι αὐτοὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δεῖξαι τῇ Ἐσθήρ· καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ἐντείλασθαι αὐτῇ εἰσελθούσῃ παραιτήσασθαι τὸν βασιλέα καὶ ἀξιῶσαι αὐτὸν περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ, μνησθεῖσα ἡμερῶν ταπεινώσεώς σου ὡς ἐτράφης ἐν χειρί μου, διότι Ἁμὰν ὁ δευτερεύων τῷ βασιλεῖ ἐλάλησεν καθ' ἡμῶν εἰς θάνατον· ἐπικάλεσαι τὸν κύριον καὶ λάλησον τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ ἡμῶν καὶ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἐκ θανάτου.

And to-the-one to-ever-a-one-scribed to-the-one in unto-Sousa' to-having-been-placed-out over of-the-one to-have-had-destructed-off to-them it-gave unto-it to-have-en-showed unto-the-one unto-an-Esthêr; and it-had-said unto-it to-have-finished-in unto-it unto-having-had-came-into, to-have-appealed-beside-unto to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-have-en-deem-belonged to-it about of-the-one of-a-people, having-been-memoried-unto of-dayednesses of-an-en-lowed-belonging-to of-thee as thou-had-been-nourished in unto-a-hand of-me, through-to-which-a-one a-Haman the-one seconding-of unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of it-spoke-unto down of-us into to-a-death, thou-should-have-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged and thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of about of-us and thou-should-have-tracted to-us out of-a-death.

(L) ἀλλ᾿ εἶπεν Οὕτως ἐρεῖτε αὐτῇ Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ κολακεῦσαι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μνησθεῖσα ἡμερῶν ταπεινώσεώς σου ὧν ἐτράφης ἐν τῇ χειρί μου, ὅτι Ἁμὰν ὁ δευτερεύων λελάληκε τῷ βασιλεῖ καθ' ἡμων εἰς θάνατον. ἐπικαλεσαμένη οὖν τὸν θεὸν λάλησον περὶ ἡμῶν τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἐκ θανάτου.

other it-had-said, Unto-the-one-this ye-shall-utter unto-it, Lest thou-might-have-beturned-off of-the-one to-have-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-have-flattereried-of to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it over of-ME and of-the-one of-a-people having-been-memoried of-dayednesses of-an-en-lowed-belonging-to of-thee of-which thou-had-been-nourished in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-me, to-which-a-one a-Haman the-one seconding-of it-had-come-to-speak-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of down of-us into to-a-death. Having-called-upon-unto accordingly to-the-one to-a-Deity thou-should-have-spoken-unto about of-us unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, and thou-should-have-tracted to-us out of-a-death.

(L) ὑπὲρ] + τε 93´ | ὅτι] ετι 93 (vid) : cf praef p 100

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:9 εἰσελθὼν δὲ ὁ Ἁχραθαῖος ἐλάλησεν αὐτῇ πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους.

Having-had-came-into then-also, the-one a-Hachrathaios, it-spoke-unto unto-it to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these.

4:9 ο Αχθραθαιος ℵ* (Αχραθ. ℵ?) Αχθραθαιος A | αυτη] Εσθηρ ℵ* A τη Εσθ. ℵc.a

(L) καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτῇ τὴν ὀδύνην τοῦ Ισραηλ.

And it-leadeeered-off unto-it to-the-one to-an-anguish of-the-one of-an-Israêl.

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:10 εἶπεν δὲ Ἐσθὴρ πρὸς Ἁχραθαῖον Πορεύθητι πρὸς Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ εἰπὸν

It-had-said then-also, an-Esthêr, toward to-a-Hachrathaios, Thou-should-have-been-traversed-of toward to-Mardochaios and thou-should-have-said

(L) καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτῷ κατὰ τάδε λέγουσα

And it-set-off unto-it down to-the-ones-then-also forthing,

(L) τάδε] ταυτα 93´

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:11 ὅτι (Est 4:11) Τὰ ἔθνη πάντα τῆς βασιλείας γινώσκει, ὅτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἢ γυνὴ ὃς εἰσελεύσεται πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν ἐσωτέραν ἄκλητος, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ σωτηρία· πλὴν ᾧ ἐκτείνει ὁ βασιλεὺς τὴν χρυσῆν ῥάβδον, οὗτος σωθήσεται· κἀγὼ οὐ κέκλημαι εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, εἰσὶν αὗται ἡμέραι τριάκοντα.

to-which-a-one, (Est 4:11) The-ones placeedness-belongings-to all of-the-one of-a-ruling-of it-acquainteth to-which-a-one all a-mankind or a-woman which it-shall-come-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of into to-the-one to-a-channeling to-the-one to-more-into-unto-which, un-called, not it-be unto-it a-savioring-unto, to-beyond unto-which it-stretcheth-out, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-golden to-a-rod, the-one-this it-shall-be-saved-to; and-I not I-had-come-to-be-called-unto to-have-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, they-be the-ones-these dayednesses thirty.

(L) Σὺ γινώσκεις παρὰ πάντας ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἰσέλθῃ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα ἄκλητος, ᾧ οὐκ ἐκτενεῖ τὴν ῥάβδον αὐτοῦ τὴν χρυσῆν, θανάτου ἔνοχος ἔσται. καὶ ἐγὼ οὐ κέκλημαι πρὸς αὐτόν, ἡμέραι εἰσὶ τριάκοντα· καὶ πῶς εἰσελεύσομαι νῦν ἄκλητος οὖσα;

Thou thou-acquaint beside to-all to-which-a-one which ever it-might-have-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of un-called, unto-which not it-shall-stretch-out to-the-one to-a-rod of-it to-the-one to-golden, of-a-death held-in it-shall-be. And I not I-had-come-to-be-called-unto toward to-it, dayednesses they-be thirty; and unto-whither I-shall-come-into now un-called being?

(L) εαν 93´ : cf ο´ 120 | ακλητως 93´ : cf 8 11 et ο´ 11 (app) | ἐκτενεῖ] εκτεινη αυτω 319 : cf ο´ (app) | ακλειτως 93 : cf 7; ανακλητος 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:12 καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν Ἁχραθαῖος Μαρδοχαίῳ πάντας τοὺς λόγους Ἐσθήρ.

And it-leadeeered-off, a-Hachrathaios, unto-a-Mardochaios to-all to-the-ones to-forthees of-an-Esthêr.

4:12 Αρχαθαιος A

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:13 καὶ εἶπεν Μαρδοχαῖος πρὸς Ἁχραθαῖον Πορεύθητι καὶ εἰπὸν αὐτῇ Ἐσθήρ, μὴ εἴπῃς σεαυτῇ ὅτι σωθήσῃ μόνη ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους·

And it-had-said, a-Mardochaios, toward to-a-Hachrathaios, Thou-should-have-been-traversed-of and thou-should-have-said unto-it, Esthêr, lest thou-might-have-had-said unto-thyself to-which-a-one thou-shall-be-saved-to stayeed in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of beside to-all the-ones to-Iouda-belonged;

4:13 om προς Αχραθαιον A | Αχθραθαιον ℵ | σωθηση] σωθησομαι ℵc.aA | παρα] υπερ A

(L) καὶ ἀπέστειλε πρὸς αὐτὴν Μαρδοχαῖος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ

And it-set-off toward to-it, a-Mardochaios, and it-had-said unto-it,

(L) καὶ εἶπεν] ειπειν 93´ : cf 𝔐 et praef p 91 n 3

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:14 ὡς ὅτι ἐὰν παρακούσῃς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ, ἄλλοθεν βοήθεια καὶ σκέπη ἔσται τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις· σὺ δὲ καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ πατρός σου ἀπολεῖσθε. καὶ τίς οἶδεν εἰ εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐβασίλευσας;

as to-which-a-one if-ever thou-might-have-heard-beside in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-a-time, other-from a-holler-running-of and a-covering it-shall-be unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged; thou then-also and the-one a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-thee ye-shall-destruct-off. And what-one it-had-come-to-see if into to-the-one to-a-time to-the-one-this thou-rulered-of?

4:14 om ως A | παρακουσης] pr παρακουουσα ℵc.a mg | αλλοθεν] + δε A | ει] η ℵ om A

(L) Ἐὰν ὑπερίδῃς τὸ ἔθνος σου τοῦ μὴ βοηθῆσαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ θεὸς ἔσται αὐτοῖς βοηθὸς καὶ σωτηρία, σὺ δὲ καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ πατρός σου ἀπολεῖσθε· καὶ τίς οἶδεν εἰ εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐβασίλευσας;

If-ever thou-might-have-had-seen-over to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-thee of-the-one lest to-have-holler-ran-unto unto-them, other the-one a-Deity it-shall-be unto-them holler-ran and a-savioring-unto, thou then-also and the-one a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-thee ye-shall-destruct-off; and what-one it-had-come-to-see if into to-the-one to-a-time to-the-one-this thou-rulered-of?

(L) ὑπερίδῃς] pr υπερορασει 93´ = 𝔐 cf ο´ (app) et praef p 91 n 3 | τὸ ἔθνος] του εθνους 19 : cf 16 | αὐτοῖς 2°] pr εν 93 : cf ο´ (app) | βοηθός] βοηθεια 93 : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:15 καὶ ἐξαπέστειλεν Ἐσθὴρ τὸν ἥκοντα πρὸς αὐτὴν πρὸς Μαρδοχαῖον λέγουσα

And it-set-off-out, an-Esthêr, to-the-one to-arriving toward to-it toward to-a-Mardochaios forthing,

4:15 εξαπεστειλεν Εσθηρ] ειπεν Εσθηρ εξαποστειλαι παλῑ| A | ηκοντα] εικοτα ℵ* (ηκοντα ℵc.a) | om προς αυτην A

(L) καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ἡ βασίλισσα λέγουσα

And it-set-off, the-one a-ruleress, forthing,

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:16 Βαδίσας ἐκκλησίασον τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ἐν Σούσοις, καὶ νηστεύσατε ἐπ' ἐμοί, καὶ μὴ φάγητε μηδὲ πίητε ἐπὶ ἡμέρας τρεῖς νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν· κἀγὼ δὲ καὶ αἱ ἅβραι μου ἀσιτήσομεν· καὶ τότε εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα παρὰ τὸν νόμον, ἐὰν καὶ ἀπολέσθαι με ᾖ.

Having-stepped-to thou-should-have-out-called-to to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-the-ones in unto-Sousa', and ye-should-have-non-ate-of upon unto-ME, and lest ye-might-have-had-devoured lest-then-also ye-might-have-had-drank upon to-dayednesses to-three to-a-night and to-a-dayedness; and-I then-also and the-ones vassals of-me we-shall-un-grain-unto; and to-the-one-which-also I-shall-come-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of beside to-the-one to-a-parcelee, if-ever and to-have-had-destructed-off to-me it-might-be.

(L) Παραγγείλατε θεραπείαν καὶ δεήθητε τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκτενῶς· κἀγὼ δὲ καὶ τὰ κοράσιά μου ποιήσομεν οὕτως, καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα ἄκλητος, εἰ δέοι καὶ ἀποθανεῖν με.

Ye-should-have-leadeeered-beside to-a-ministering-of and ye-should-should-have-been-binded of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-stretched-out, and-I then-also and the-ones shearaginglets of-me we-shall-do-unto unto-the-one-this; and I-shall-come-into toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of un-called, if it-may-bind and to-have-had-died-off to-me.

Note: shearaginglets : as in a sprout before it buds, referring to a prior to the age of consent progenitive female, 13-16 yrs. old.

(L) θεοῦ] κυριου 93´ | ποιησωμεν codd : cf ο´ (app) | ακλητως (λιτ. 319) 93´ : cf 7

(462 B.C.)

Est 4:17 Καὶ βαδίσας Μαρδοχαῖος ἐποίησεν ὅσα ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ Ἐσθήρ·

And having-stepped-to, a-Mardochaios, it-did-unto to-which-a-which it-finished-in unto-it, an-Esthêr;

4:17 οσα] pr κατα παντα ℵc.a mg inf

(L) καὶ ἐποίησεν οὕτως Μαρδοχαῖος.

And it-did-unto unto-the-one-this, a-Mardochaios.

(462 B.C.)

Est C:1 (Est 13:8) καὶ ἐδεήθη Κυρίου, μνημονεύων πάντα τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου,

(Est 13:8) and it-was-binded of-Authority-belonged, memory-stayeeing-of to-all to-the-ones to-works of-Authority-belonged,

C:1 εδεηθη] pr Μαρδοχαιος ℵc.a (-χαος) A | Κυριου bis] pr του ℵc.a

(L) Καὶ ἐδεήθη τοῦ κυρίου μνημονεύων αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα

And it-was-binded of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, memory-stayeeing-of of-it to-the-ones to-works,

(462 B.C.)

Est C:2 (Est 13:9) καὶ εἶπεν Κύριε, κύριε βασιλεῦ πάντων κρατῶν, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ σου τὸ πᾶν ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἀντιδοξῶν σοι ἐν τῷ θέλειν σε σῶσαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ·

(Est 13:9) and it-had-said, Authority-belonged, Authority-belonged, Ruler-of of-all securing-unto, to-which-a-one in unto-a-being-out-unto of-thee the-one all it-be, and not it-be the-one ever-a-one-reckoning-unto unto-thee in unto-the-one to-determine to-thee to-have-saved-to to-the-one to-an-Israêl;

Note: ever-a-one-reckoning-unto (ANTIDOCWN) : ANTIDOCEW; from same as DOXAZW, not from DOKEW; i.e. discreditting.

C:2 Κυριε 1°] + θε̅ A | παντων κρατων] παντοκρατων ℵc.a | om και ουκ ℵ*vid (hab ℵc.a mgg)

(L) καὶ εἶπεν Δέσποτα παντοκράτορ, οὗ ἐν τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ἐστὶ τὰ πάντα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἀντιτάξεταί σοι ἐν τῷ θέλειν σε σῶσαι τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραήλ·

and it-had-said, Bind-doer All-Securer, of-which in unto-the-one unto-a-being-out-unto it-be the-ones all, and not it-be which it-shall-ever-a-one-arrange unto-thee in unto-the-one to-determine to-thee to-have-saved-to to-the-one to-a-house of-an-Israêl;

(L) παντοκρατωρ 93´ : cf ο´ (app) | om ἐστί 93 | Ισραηλ] pr του 319 : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est C:3 (Est 13:10) ὅτι σὺ ἐποίησας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ πᾶν θαυμαζόμενον ἐν τῇ ὑπ' οὐρανόν,

(Est 13:10) to-which-a-one thou thou-did-unto to-the-one to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil and to-all to-being-marveled-to in unto-the-one under to-a-sky,

(L) ὅτι σὺ ἐποίησας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ πᾶν τὸ θαυμαζόμενον ἐν τῇ ὑπ' οὐρανόν,

to-which-a-one thou thou-did-unto to-the-one to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil and to-all to-the-one to-being-marveled-to in unto-the-one under to-a-sky,

(462 B.C.)

Est C:4 (Est 13:11) καὶ κύριος εἶ πάντων, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἀντιτάξεταί σοι τῷ κυρίῳ·

(Est 13:11) and Authority-belonged thou-be of-all, and not it-be which it-shall-ever-a-one-arrange unto-thee unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged;

C:4 om και 1° A | αντιτασσεται ℵ* (-ταξ. ℵc.a)

(L) καὶ σὺ κυριεύεις πάντων.

and thou thou-authority-belong-of of-all.

(L) κυριεύεις] κς̅ εις 93 : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est C:5 (Est 13:12) σὺ πάντα γινώσκεις, σὺ οἶδας, Κύριε, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν ὕβρει οὐδὲ ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ οὐδὲ ἐν φιλοδοξίᾳ ἐποίησα τοῦτο, τὸ μὴ προσκυνεῖν τὸν ὑπερήφανον Ἁμάν.

(Est 13:12) thou to-all thou-acquaint, thou thou-had-come-to-see, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one in unto-an-abuse not-then-also in unto-a-manifesting-over-unto not-then-also in unto-a-cared-reckoning-unto I-did-unto to-the-one-this, to-the-one lest to-kiss-toward-unto to-the-one to-manifested-over to-a-Haman;

C:5 γιγνωσκεις A

(L) σὺ γὰρ πάντα γινώσκεις, καὶ τὸ γένος Ισραηλ σὺ οἶδας· καὶ οὐχ ὅτι ἐν ὕβρει οὐδὲ ἐν φιλοδοξίᾳ ἐποίησα τοῦ μὴ προσκυνεῖν τὸν ἀπερίτμητον Ἁμάν,

Thou too-thus to-all thou-acquaint, and to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-an-Israêl thou thou-had-come-to-see, and not to-which-a-one in unto-an-abuse not-then-also in unto-a-cared-reckoning-unto I-did-unto of-the-one lest to-kiss-toward-unto to-the-one to-un-cut-about to-a-Haman,

(L) τοῦ 1°] το 93´ : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est C:6 (Est 13:13) ὅτι ηὐδόκουν φιλεῖν πέλματα ποδῶν αὐτοῦ πρὸς σωτηρίαν Ἰσραήλ,

(Est 13:13) to-which-a-one I-was-goodly-thinking-unto to-care-unto to-soles of-feet of-it toward to-a-savioring-unto of-an-Israêl,

C:6 ευδοκουν Aℵ

(L) ἐπεὶ εὐδόκουν φιλῆσαι τὰ πέλματα τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ·

upon-if I-was-goodly-thinking-unto to-have-cared-unto to-the-ones to-soles of-the-ones of-feet of-it in-out-in of-the-one of-an-Israêl;

(L) om φιλῆσαι 93 | το πελμα 93

(462 B.C.)

Est C:7 (Est 13:14) ἀλλὰ ἐποίησα τοῦτο ἵνα μὴ θῶ δόξαν ἀνθρώπου ὑπεράνω δόξης θεοῦ· καὶ οὐ προσκυνήσω οὐδένα πλὴν σοῦ τοῦ κυρίου μου, καὶ οὐ ποιήσω αὐτὰ ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ.

(Est 13:14) other I-did-unto to-the-one-this so lest I-might-have-had-placed to-a-reckonedness of-a-mankind over-up-unto-which of-a-reckonedness of-a-Deity; and not I-shall-kiss-toward-unto to-not-then-also-one to-beyond of-thee of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-me, and not I-shall-do-unto to-them in unto-a-manifesting-over-unto.

C:7 ανθρωπου] ανθρωπων ℵ* (-πω ℵc.a) | υπεραν̅ω̅ A | θεου] + μου ℵc.aA | ουθενα A

(L) ἀλλ᾿ ἐποίησα ἵνα μηδένα προτάξω τῆς δόξης σοῦ δέσποτα, καὶ μηδένα προσκυνήσω πλὴν σοῦ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ οὐ ποιήσω αὐτὸ ἐν πειρασμῷ.

other I-did-unto so to-lest-then-also-one I-might-have-arranged-before of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-thee, Bind-Doer, and to-lest-then-also-one I-might-have-kissed-toward-unto to-beyond of-thee of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to, and not I-might-have-done-unto to-it in unto-an-across-belonging-to-of.

(L) αὐτό] αυτω 108*; αυτον 319; > 93

(462 B.C.)

Est C:8 (Est 13:15) καὶ νῦν, Κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραάμ, φεῖσαι τοῦ λαοῦ σου, ὅτι ἐπιβλέπουσιν ἡμῖν εἰς καταφθορὰν καὶ ἐπεθύμησαν ἀπολέσαι τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κληρονομίαν σου·

(Est 13:15) And now, Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity the-one a-ruler-of the-one a-Deity of-an-Abraam, thou-should-have-spared of-the-one of-a-people of-thee, to-which-a-one they-view-upon unto-us into to-a-degradedness-down and they-passioned-upon-unto to-have-destructed-off to-the-one out of-a-firsting to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee;

C:8 om ο θεος 1° ℵ A | ο βασιλευς] βασιλευ ℵc.aA | απολεσαι] απολεσθαι A

(L) καὶ νῦν, κύριε, ὁ διαθέμενος πρὸς Αβρααμ, φεῖσαι τοῦ λαοῦ σου, ὅτι ἐπιτέθεινται ἡμῖν εἰς καταφθορὰν καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἀφανίσαι καὶ ἐξᾶραι τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κληρονομίαν σου·

And now, Authority-belonged the-one having-had-placed-through toward to-an-Abraam, thou-should-have-spared of-the-one of-a-people of-thee, to-which-a-one they-had-come-to-place-upon unto-us into to-a-degradedness-down and they-passion-upon-unto to-have-un-manifested-to and to-have-lifted-out to-the-one out of-a-firsting to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee;

(L) τη κληρονομια (-ας 319: ante σ) 93´ : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est C:9 (Est 13:16) μὴ ὑπερίδῃς τὴν μερίδα σου ἣν σεαυτῷ ἐλυτρώσω ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου·

(Est 13:16) Lest thou-might-have-had-seen-over to-the-one to-a-portion of-thee to-which unto-thyself thou-en-loosed out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos;

C:9 υπερειδης A

(L) μὴ ὑπερίδῃς τὴν μερίδα σου, ἣν ἐλυτρώσω ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου·

lest thou-might-have-had-seen-over to-the-one to-a-portion of-thee to-which thou-en-loosed out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos;

(462 B.C.)

Est C:10 (Est 13:17) ἐπάκουσον τῆς δεήσεώς μου καὶ ἱλάσθητι τῷ κλήρῳ σου, καὶ στρέψον τὸ πένθος ἡμῶν εἰς εὐωχίαν, ἵνα ζῶντες ὑμνῶμέν σου τὸ ὄνομα, Κύριε, καὶ μὴ ἀφανίσῃς στόμα αἰνούντων σοι.

(Est 13:17) thou-should-have-heard-upon of-the-one of-a-binding of-me and thou-should-have-been-sectionated unto-the-one unto-a-lot of-thee, and thou-should-have-beturned to-the-one to-grieveedness of-us into to-a-goodly-holding-unto, so lifing-unto we-might-hymn-unto of-thee to-the-one to-a-naming-to, Authority-belonged, and lest thou-might-have-un-manifested-to to-a-becutteeing-to of-lauding-unto unto-thee.

C:10 σου το ονομα] το ονομα σου A | στομα] το αιμα ℵ* (στ. ℵc.a) το στομα A

(L) ἐπάκουσον τῆς δεήσεως ἡμῶν καὶ ἱλάσθητι τῆς κληρονομίας σου καὶ στρέψον τὸ πένθος ἡμῶν εἰς εὐφροσύνην, ἵνα ζῶντες ὑμνήσωμέν σε, καὶ μὴ ἀφανίσῃς στόμα ὑμνούντων σε.

thou-should-have-heard-upon of-the-one of-a-binding of-us and thou-should-have-been-sectionated of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee, and thou-should-have-beturned to-the-one to-grieveedness of-us into to-a-goodly-centeringedness, so lifing-unto we-might-have-hymned-unto to-thee, and lest thou-might-have-un-manifested-to to-a-becutteeing-to of-hymning-unto to-thee.

(462 B.C.)

Est C:11 (Est 13:18) καὶ πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ ἐκέκραξαν ἐξ ἰσχύος αὐτῶν, ὅτι θάνατος αὐτῶν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτῶν.

(Est 13:18) And all an-Israêl they-out-clamored-to out of-a-force-holding of-them, to-which-a-one a-death of-them in unto-eyes of-them.

C:11 εκεκραξαν] εκραξεν ℵ εκεκραξεν A | θανατος] pr ο A

(462 B.C.)

Est C:12 (Est 14:1) Καὶ Ἐσθὴρ ἡ βασίλισσα κατέφυγεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ἐν ἀγῶνι θανάτου κατειλημμένη,

(Est 14:1) And an-Esthêr the-one a-ruleress it-had-fled-down upon to-the-one to-Authority-belonged in unto-a-struggling of-a-death being-taken-down,

C:12 θαναου] ο sup ras Aa | κατειλημμενη] κατιλιμμενη ℵ κατηλιμμενη A

(L) Καὶ Ἐσθὴρ ἡ βασίλισσα κατέφυγεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ἐν ἀγῶνι θανάτου κατειλημμένη

And an-Esthêr the-one a-ruleress it-had-fled-down upon to-the-one to-Authority-belonged in unto-a-struggling of-a-death being-taken-down,

(L) ἀγῶνι] αγωνια 93 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est C:13 (Est 14:2) καὶ ἀφελομένη τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς δόξης αὐτῆς ἐνεδύσατο ἱμάτια στενοχωρίας καὶ πένθους, καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν ὑπερηφάνων ἡδυσμάτων σποδοῦ καὶ κοπριῶν ἔπλησεν τὴν κεφαλήν· καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἐταπείνωσεν σφόδρα, καὶ πάντα τόπον κόσμου ἀγαλλιάματος αὐτῆς ἔπλησε στρεπτῶν τριχῶν αὐτῆς·

(Est 14:2) and having-had-sectioned-off to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-it it-sunk-in to-apparelets of-a-narrowed-spacing-unto and to-a-grieveedness, and ever-a-one of-the-ones of-manifested-over of-spicings-to of-an-ash and of-en-fellinglets it-repleted to-the-one to-a-head; and to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to it-en-low-belonged-to to-vehemented, and to-all to-an-occasion of-an-orderation of-an-excess-jump-belonging-to of-it it-repleted of-beturned of-hairs of-it;

C:13 κεφαλην] om B*vid (hab Ba (mg)) + αυτης ℵ A | σωμα] + αυτης ℵ A | κοσμου αγαλλιαματος . . . αυτης (2°)] αγαλλιαματος αυτης κοσμου επληρωσεν στρεπτων τριχων αυ sup ras Aa | επλησεν ℵ

(L) καὶ ἀφείλατο τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς δόξης ἀφ' ἑαυτῆς καὶ πᾶν σημεῖον ἐπιφανείας αὐτῆς καὶ ἐνεδύσατο στενοχωρίαν καὶ πένθος καὶ ἀντὶ ὑπερηφάνων ἡδυσμάτων σποδοῦ καὶ κόπρου ἔπλησε τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς ἐταπείνωσε σφόδρα καὶ πᾶν σημεῖον κόσμου αὐτῆς καὶ ἀγαλλιάματος τερπνῶν τριχῶν ἔπλησε ταπεινώσεως

and it-sectioned-off to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-reckonedness off of-self and to-all to-a-signlet-of of-a-manifesting-upon-of of-it, and it-sunk-in to-a-narrowed-spacing-unto and to-a-grieveedness, and ever-a-one of-manifested-over of-spicings-to, of-an-ash and of-an-en-felling it-repleted to-the-one to-a-head of-it; and to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it it-en-low-belonged-to to-vehemented, and to-all to-a-signlet-of of-an-orderation of-it and of-an-excess-jump-belonging-to, of-delightened of-hairs it-repleted of-an-en-lowed-belonging-to;

(462 B.C.)

Est C:14 καὶ ἐδεῖτο Κυρίου θεοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν (Est 14:3) Κύριέ μου, ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡμῶν, σὺ εἶ μόνος· βοήθησόν μοι τῇ μόνῃ καὶ μὴ ἐχούσῃ βοηθὸν εἰ μὴ σέ,

and it-was-binding of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl and it-had-said, (Est 14:3) Authority-belonged of-me, the-one a-ruler-of of-us, thou thou-be stayeed; thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-me, unto-the-one unto-stayeed and lest unto-holding to-holler-ran if lest to-thee,

C:14 εδειτο] εδεετο A | Κυριε] + ο θς̅ A

(L) καὶ ἐδεήθη τοῦ κυρίου καὶ εἶπεν Κύριε βασιλεῦ, σὺ εἶ μόνος βοηθός· βοήθησόν μοι τῇ ταπεινῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐχούσῃ βοηθὸν πλὴν σοῦ,

and it-was-binded of-the-one of-Authority-belonged and it-had-said, Authority-belonged Ruler-of, thou thou-be stayeed holler-ran; thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-me, unto-the-one unto-lowed and not unto-holding to-holler-ran to-beyond of-thee,

(L) τοῦ κυρίου] προς κυριον 392 | om εἶ 93

(462 B.C.)

Est C:15 (Est 14:4) ὅτι κίνδυνός μου ἐν χειρί μου.

(Est 14:4) to-which-a-one a-peril of-me in unto-a-hand of-me.

C:15 χειρι] pr τη A

(L) ὅτι κίνδυνός μου ἐν τῇ χειρί μου.

to-which-a-one a-peril of-me in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-me.

(L) μου 1°] μοι 319

(462 B.C.)

Est C:16 (Est 14:5) ἐγὼ ἤκουον ἐκ γενετῆς μου ἐν φυλῇ πατριᾶς μου, ὅτι σύ, Κύριε, ἔλαβες τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐκ πάντων τῶν προγόνων αὐτῶν εἰς κληρονομίαν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἐποίησας αὐτοῖς ὅσα ἐλάλησας.

(Est 14:5) I I-was-hearing out of-a-becomeness of-me in unto-a-tribing of-a-fathering of-me, to-which-a-one thou, Authority-belonged, thou-had-taken to-the-one to-an-Israêl out of-all of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to and to-the-ones to-fathers of-us out of-all of-the-ones of-became-before of-them into to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto to-aged-belonged, and thou-did-unto unto-them to-which-a-which thou-spoke-unto.

C:16 εκ γενετης . . . πατριας] κε̅ του πρ̅ς̅ A | εν φυλη] εκ φυλης ℵ | ελαλησας] + αυτοις ℵ A

(L) ἐγὼ δὲ ἤκουσα πατρικῆς μου βίβλου ὅτι ἐλυτρώσω τὸν Ισραηλ ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ τοὺς πατέρας αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν προγόνων αὐτῶν ἐπιθέμενος αὐτοῖς Ἰσραὴλ κληρονομίαν αἰώνιον καὶ ἐποίησας αὐτοῖς ἃ ἐλάλησας αὐτοῖς καὶ παρέσχου ὅσα ᾔτησαν.

I then-also I-heard of-father-belonged-of of-me of-a-paper to-which-a-one thou-en-loosed to-the-one to-an-Israêl out of-all of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to, and to-the-ones to-fathers of-them out of-the-ones of-became-before of-them having-had-placed-upon unto-them to-an-Israêl to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto to-aged-belonged, and thou-did-unto unto-them to-which thou-spoke-unto unto-them and thou-had-held-beside to-which-a-which they-appealed-unto.

(462 B.C.)

Est C:17 (Est 14:6) καὶ νῦν ἡμάρτομεν ἐνώπιόν σου, καὶ παρέδωκας ἡμᾶς εἰς χεῖρας τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν·

(Est 14:6) And now we-had-un-adjusted-along to-in-look-belonged of-thee, and thou-gave-beside to-us into to-hands of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us;

C:17 και νυν] οτι A | ημαρτομεν] ημαρτηκαμεν A

(L) ἡμάρτομεν ἐναντίον σου, καὶ παρέδωκας ἡμᾶς εἰς χεῖρας τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν,

We-had-un-adjusted-along to-ever-a-oned-in of-thee, and thou-gave-beside to-us into to-hands of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us,

(L) ημαρτον 19´ | om τῶν 93 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est C:18 (Est 14:7) ἀνθ' ὧν ἐδοξάσαμεν τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτῶν. δίκαιος εἶ, Κύριε·

(Est 14:7) ever-a-one of-which we-reckoned-to to-the-ones to-deities of-them. Course-belonged thou-be, Authority-belonged;

(L) εἰ ἐδοξάσαμεν τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτῶν· δίκαιος εἶ, κύριε.

if we-reckoned-to to-the-ones to-deities of-them. Course-belonged thou-be, Authority-belonged.

(L) εδοξαζομεν 93 | δίκαιος εἶ] δικαιωσε 93

(462 B.C.)

Est C:19 (Est 14:8) καὶ νῦν οὐχ ἱκανώθησαν ἐν πικρασμῷ δουλείας ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ ἔθηκαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν,

(Est 14:8) and now not they-were-en-ampled in unto-a-bittering-to-of of-a-bondeeing-of of-us, other they-placed to-the-ones to-hands of-them,

C:19 εν πικρασμω] τω πικρ. A | δουλιας ℵ | αυτων] pr των ειδωλων ℵ* pr αυτων επι τας χειρας των ειδ. ℵc.a mg

(L) καὶ νῦν οὐχ ἱκανώθησαν ἐν πικρασμῷ δουλείας ἡμῶν, ἀλλ' ἐπέθηκαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας τῶν εἰδώλων αὐτῶν

And now not they-were-en-ampled in unto-a-bittering-to-of of-a-bondeeing-of of-us, other they-placed-upon to-the-ones to-hands of-them upon to-the-ones to-hands of-the-ones of-images of-them,

(L) δουλείας] ψυχης 93 | επεθηκας 19´ : cf ο´ (app) | αὐτῶν 2°] αυτου 319

(462 B.C.)

Est C:20 (Est 14:9) ἐξᾶραι ὁρισμὸν στόματός σου καὶ ἀφανίσαι κληρονομίαν σου, καὶ ἐμφράξαι στόμα αἰνούντων σοι καὶ σβέσαι δόξαν οἴκου σου καὶ θυσιαστήριόν σου,

(Est 14:9) to-have-lifted-out to-a-bounding-to-of of-a-becutteeing-to of-thee and to-have-un-manifested-to to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee, and to-have-hedged-in to-a-becutteeing-to of-lauding-unto unto-thee and to-have-en-quelled to-a-reckonedness of-a-house of-thee and to-a-surgerlet of-thee,

C:20 εμφραξαι] ενφραξη A | στομα στοματα ℵ | αινουντων] υμνουντων A | σου 4°] σοι A

(L) ἐξᾶραι ὁρισμὸν στόματός σου, ἀφανίσαι κληρονομίαν σου καὶ ἐμφράξαι στόμα αἰνούντων σε καὶ σβέσαι δόξαν οἴκου σου καὶ θυσιαστηρίου σου

to-have-lifted-out to-a-bounding-to-of of-a-becutteeing-to of-thee, to-have-un-manifested-to to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee, and to-have-hedged-in to-a-becutteeing-to of-lauding-unto to-thee and to-have-en-quelled to-a-reckonedness of-a-house of-thee and of-a-surgerlet of-thee,

(L) σου 1°] αυτων 93 | στόμα] στοματα 108 319: ex sq cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est C:21 (Est 14:10) καὶ ἀνοῖξαι στόμα ἐθνῶν εἰς ἀρετὰς ματαίων καὶ θαυμασθῆναι βασιλέα σάρκινον εἰς αἰῶνα.

(Est 14:10) and to-have-opened-up to-a-becutteeing-to of-placeedness-belongings-to into to-meritings of-folly-belonged and to-have-been-marveled-to to-a-ruler-of to-flesh-belonged-to into to-an-age.

C:21 ανοιξαι στομα] ι 2° et σ sup ras Aa | εθνων εις α sup ras B1? ab

(L) καὶ ἀνοῖξαι στόματα ἐχθρῶν εἰς ἀρετὰς ματαίων καὶ θαυμασθῆναι βασιλέα σάρκινον εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

and to-have-opened-up to-becutteeings-to of-en-enmitied into to-meritings of-folly-belonged and to-have-been-marveled-to to-a-ruler-of to-flesh-belonged-to into to-the-one to-an-age.

(L) στόματα] στομα 93´ = ο´ | ματαίων] πατερων 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est C:22 (Est 14:11) μὴ παραδῷς, Κύριε, τὸ σκῆπτρόν σου τοῖς μὴ οὖσιν, καὶ μὴ καταγελασάτωσαν ἐν τῇ πτώσει ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ στρέψον τὴν βουλὴν αὐτῶν ἐπ' αὐτούς· τὸν δὲ ἀρξάμενον ἐφ' ἡμᾶς παραδιγμάτισον.

(Est 14:11) Lest thou-might-have-had-given-beside, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-cane of-thee unto-the-ones lest unto-being, and lest they-might-have-down-laughed-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-falling of-us, other thou-should-have-beturned to-the-one to-a-purposing of-them upon to-them; to-the-one then-also to-having-firsted upon to-us thou-should-have-showing-beside-toed-to.

Note: thou-should-have-showing-beside-toed-to : Greek PARADEIGMATIZW, PARADEIGMA (a-showing-beside-to) incorporated into a Verb; used to refer to applying a showing-beside-to; i.e. in Active voice to show something by ensample, in Passive voice to be shown by ensample, in Middle voice to show by ensample to oneself.

(L) μὴ δὴ παραδῷς, κύριε, τὸ σκῆπτρόν σου τοῖς μισοῦσί σε ἐχθροῖς, καὶ μὴ χαρείησαν ἐπὶ τῇ πτώσει ἡμῶν· στρέψον τὰς βουλὰς αὐτῶν ἐπ' αὐτούς, τὸν δὲ ἀρξάμενον ἐφ' ἡμᾶς εἰς κακὰ παραδειγμάτισον.

Lest then thou-might-have-had-given-beside, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-cane of-thee unto-the-ones unto-hating-unto to-thee unto-en-enmitied, and lest they-may-have-joyed upon unto-the-one unto-a-falling of-us; thou-should-have-beturned to-the-ones to-purposings of-them upon to-them; to-the-one then-also to-having-firsted upon to-us into to-wedge-wedged thou-should-have-showing-beside-toed-to.

(L) χαρητωσαν 392 | om τῇ 392* : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est C:23 (Est 14:12) μνήσθητι, Κύριε, γνώσθητι ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐμὲ θάρσυνον, βασιλεῦ τῶν θεῶν καὶ πάσης ἀρχῆς ἐπικρατῶν·

(Est 14:12) Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto, Authority-belonged, thou-should-have-been-acquainted in unto-a-time of-a-pressing of-us, and to-ME thou-should-have-bravened, Ruler-of of-the-ones of-deities and of-all of-a-firsting securing-upon-unto;

C:23 αρχην ℵ* (-χης ℵc.a)

(L) ἐπιφάνηθι ἡμῖν, κύριε, καὶ γνώσθητι ἡμῖν ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως ἡμῶν καὶ μὴ θραύσῃς ἡμᾶς.

Thou-should-have-been-manifested-upon unto-us, Authority-belonged, and thou-should-have-been-acquainted unto-us in unto-a-time of-a-pressing of-us and lest thou-might-have-crushed to-us.

(462 B.C.)

Est C:24 (Est 14:13) δὸς λόγον εὔρυθμον εἰς τὸ στόμα μου ἐνώπιον τοῦ λέοντος, καὶ μετάθες τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ εἰς μῖσος τοῦ πολεμοῦντος ἡμᾶς, εἰς συντέλειαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ὁμονοούντων αὐτῷ·

(Est 14:13) Thou-should-have-had-given to-a-forthee to-goodly-rythmed into to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-me to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-lion, and thou-should-have-had-placed-with to-the-one to-a-heart of-it into to-a-hateedness of-the-one of-warring-unto to-us, into to-a-finishing-together-of of-it and of-the-ones of-along-considering-unto unto-it;

C:24 αυτου bis] αυτων ℵ* (-του ℵc.a)

(L) δὸς λόγον εὔρυθμον εἰς τὸ στόμα μου καὶ χαρίτωσον τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ μετάστρεψον τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ εἰς μῖσος τοῦ πολεμοῦντος ἡμᾶς εἰς συντέλειαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ὁμονοούντων αὐτῷ·

Thou-should-have-had-given to-a-forthee to-goodly-rythmed into to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-me and thou-should-have-en-granted to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-me to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and thou-should-have-beturned-with to-the-one to-a-heart of-it into to-a-hateedness of-the-one of-warring-unto to-us, into to-a-finishing-together-of of-it and of-the-ones of-along-en-mulling-unto unto-it;

(L) εὔρυθμον] ευ ρυομενον 93 : cf sq et praef p 100 | βασιλέως 19 Chr II 50] λεοντος rel = ο´ : cf praef p 93 | αὐτῷ] αυτων 93 108 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est C:25 (Est 14:14) ἡμᾶς δὲ ῥῦσαι ἐν χειρί σου, καὶ βοήθησόν μοι τῇ μόνῃ καὶ μὴ ἐχούσῃ εἰ μὴ σέ, Κύριε. πάντων γνῶσιν ἔχεις,

(Est 14:14) to-us then-also thou-should-have-tracted in unto-a-hand of-thee, and thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-me, unto-the-one unto-stayeed and lest unto-holding if lest to-thee, Authority-belonged. Of-all to-an-acquainting thou-hold,

C:25 εχουση] + βοηθον A | σε| κε̅· B* fort σε·| κε̅ B?

(L) ἡμᾶς δὲ ῥῦσαι ἐν τῇ χειρί σου τῇ κραταιᾷ καὶ βοήθησόν μοι, ὅτι σὺ πάντων γνῶσιν ἔχεις

to-us then-also thou-should-have-tracted in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-thee unto-the-one unto-secure-belonged, and thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-me, to-which-a-one thou of-all to-an-acquainting thou-hold,

(L) ρυσον 19 | μοι] ημιν 93

(462 B.C.)

Est C:26 (Est 14:15) καὶ οἶδας ὅτι ἐμίσησα δόξαν ἀνόμων, καὶ βδελύσσομαι κοίτην ἀπεριτμήτων καὶ παντὸς ἀλλοτρίου.

(Est 14:15) and thou-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one I-hated-unto to-a-reckonedness of-un-parceleed, and I-abhorrer to-a-situating of-un-cut-about and of-all of-other-belonged.

C:26-27 om κοιτην . . . βδελυσσομαι (2°) A

(L) καὶ οἶδας ὅτι βδελύσσομαι κοίτην ἀπεριτμήτου καὶ ἐμίσησα δόξαν ἀνόμου καὶ παντὸς ἀλλογενοῦς.

and thou-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one I-abhorrer to-a-situating of-un-cut-about and I-hated-unto to-a-reckonedness of-un-parceleed and of-all of-other-becominged.

(462 B.C.)

Est C:27 (Est 14:16) σὺ οἶδας τὴν ἀνάγκην μου, ὅτι βδελύσσομαι τὸ σημεῖον τῆς ὑπερηφανίας μου ὅ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς μου ἐν ἡμέραις ὀπτασίας μου· βδελύσσομαι αὐτὸ ὡς ῥάκος καταμηνίων, καὶ οὐ φορῶ αὐτὸ ἐν ἡμέραις ἡσυχίας μου.

(Est 14:16) Thou thou-had-come-to-see to-the-one to-an-arming-up of-me, to-which-a-one I-abhorrer to-the-one to-a-signlet-of of-the-one of-a-manifesting-over-unto of-me which it-be upon of-the-one of-a-head of-me in unto-dayednesses of-a-beholding-unto of-me; I-abhorrer to-it as to-a-tatter of-month-belonged-down, and not I-bearee-unto to-it in unto-dayednesses of-a-quiescing-unto of-me.

Note: of-month-belonged-down : used to refer to menstruation.

C:26-27 om κοιτην . . . βδελυσσομαι (2°) A

(L) σύ, κύριε, οἶδας τὴν ἀνάγκην μου, ὅτι βδελύσσομαι τὸ σημεῖον τῆς ὑπερηφανίας, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς μου, καὶ οὐ φορῶ αὐτὸ εἰ μὴ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀπτασίας μου καὶ βδελύσσομαι αὐτὸ ὡς ῥάκος ἀποκαθημένης.

Thou, Authority-belonged, thou-had-come-to-see to-the-one to-an-arming-up of-me, to-which-a-one I-abhorrer to-the-one to-a-signlet-of of-the-one of-a-manifesting-over-unto, which it-be upon of-the-one of-a-head of-me, and not I-bearee-unto to-it if lest in unto-a-dayedness of-a-beholding-unto of-me, and I-abhorrer to-it as to-a-tatter of-sitting-down-off.

(L) αὐτὸ 1°] αυτω codd : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est C:28 (Est 14:17) καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν ἡ δούλη σου τράπεζαν Ἁμάν, καὶ οὐκ ἐδόξασα συμπόσιον βασιλέως, οὐδὲ ἔπιον οἶνον σπονδῶν·

(Est 14:17) And not it-had-devoured, the-one a-bondee of-thee, to-a-four-footedness of-a-Haman, and not I-reckoned-to to-a-drinking-togetherlet of-a-ruler-of, not-then-also I-had-drank to-a-wine of-libationings;

C:28 επινον ℵ

(L) καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν ἡ δούλη σου ἐπὶ τῶν τραπεζῶν αὐτῶν ἅμα, καὶ οὐκ ἐδόξασα βασιλέως συμπόσια καὶ οὐκ ἔπιον σπονδῆς οἶνον·

And not it-had-devoured, the-one a-bondee of-thee, upon of-the-ones of-four-footednesses of-them along, and not I-reckoned-to of-a-ruler-of to-drinking-togetherlets and not I-had-drank of-a-libationing to-a-wine,

(L) βασιλέως] βασιλεα ως 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est C:29 (Est 14:18) καὶ οὐκ ηὐφράνθη ἡ δούλη σου ἀφ' ἡμέρας μεταβολῆς μου μέχρι νῦν πλὴν ἐπὶ σοί, Κύριε ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραάμ.

(Est 14:18) and not it-had-been-goodly-centered the-one a-bondee of-thee off of-a-dayedness of-a-casting-with of-me unto-lest-whilst now to-beyond upon unto-thee, Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-an-Abraam.

C:29 ευφρανθη ℵ A | om μου ℵ* (superscr ℵc.a)

(L) καὶ οὐκ εὐφράνθη ἡ δούλη σου ἐφ' ἡμέραις μεταβολῆς μου εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ σοί, δέσποτα.

and not it-was-goodly-centered the-one a-bondee of-thee upon unto-dayednesses of-a-casting-with of-me if lest upon unto-thee, Bind-Doer.

(L) ηυφρανθην 93 : cf ο´ (app); ευφρανον (εφρ. 108) 19´ | σοί] συ 108 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est C:30 (Est 14:19) ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἰσχύων ἐπὶ πάντας, εἰσάκουσον φωνὴν ἀπηλπισμένων καὶ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν πονηρευομένων, καὶ ῥῦσαί με ἐκ τοῦ φόβου μου.

(Est 14:19) The-one a-Deity the-one force-holding upon to-all, thou-should-have-heard-into to-a-sound of-having-had-come-to-drove-suree-off-to and thou-should-have-tracted to-us out of-a-hand of-the-ones of-en-necessitating-of, and thou-should-have-tracted to-me out of-the-one of-a-fearee of-me.

C:30 φωνης ℵc.aA | αφηλπισμενων ℵ | με] η incep ℵ* (improb η ℵ?)

(L) καὶ νῦν, δυνατὸς ὢν ἐπὶ πάντας, εἰσάκουσον φωνῆς ἀπηλπισμένων καὶ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν πονηρευομένων ἐφ' ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐξελοῦ με, κύριε, ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ φόβου μου.

And now, able being upon to-all, thou-should-have-heard-into of-a-sound of-having-had-come-to-drove-suree-off-to and thou-should-have-tracted to-us out of-a-hand of-the-ones of-en-necessitating-of upon to-us and thou-should-have-had-sectioned-out to-me, Authority-belonged, out of-a-hand of-the-one of-a-fearee of-me.

(L) ὤν/ἐπὶ πάντας] tr 319

(462 B.C.)

Est D:1 (Est 15:1; Est 5:1 Heb.) Καὶ ἐγενήθη ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ ὡς ἐπαύσατο προσευχομένη, ἐξεδύσατο τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς θεραπείας καὶ περιεβάλετο τὴν δόξαν αὐτῆς·

(Est 15:1; Est 5:1 Heb.) And it-was-became in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third as it-ceased goodly-holding-toward, it-sunk-out to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-ministering-of and it-had-casted-about to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-it;

Note: unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third : Nisan moon calendar; in ___ B.C. __ days difference from Abib sun calendar.

D:1 θεραπιας ℵ A

(L) Καὶ ἐγενήθη ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ὡς ἐπαύσατο Ἐσθὴρ προσευχομένη, ἐξεδύσατο τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς θεραπείας καὶ περιεβάλετο τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς δόξης

And it-was-became in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third as it-ceased, an-Esthêr, goodly-holding-toward, it-sunk-out to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-ministering-of and it-had-casted-about to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-a-reckonedness;

(462 B.C.)

Est D:2 (Est 15:2) καὶ γενηθεῖσα ἐπιφανής, ἐπικαλεσαμένη τὸν πάντων ἐπόπτην θεὸν καὶ σωτῆρα, παρέλαβεν τὰς δύο ἅβρας,

(Est 15:2) and having-been-became manifestinged-upon, having-called-upon-unto to-the-one of-all to-a-beholder-upon to-a-Deity and to-a-savior, it-had-taken-beside to-the-ones to-two to-vassals,

D:2 γενηθεισα] εγενηθη ℵ* (γενηθ. ℵc.a) | παρελαβεν] παρελαβετο ℵ | τας δυο] om τας ℵ A

(L) καὶ γενομένη ἐπιφανὴς καὶ ἐπικαλεσαμένη τὸν πάντων γνώστην καὶ σωτῆρα θεὸν παρέλαβε μεθ' ἑαυτῆς δύο ἅβρας

and having-had-became manifestinged-upon and having-called-upon-unto to-the-one of-all to-an-acquainter and to-a-savior to-a-Deity, it-had-taken-beside with of-self to-two to-vassals,

(462 B.C.)

Est D:3 (Est 15:3) καὶ τῇ μὲν μιᾷ ἐπηρείδετο ὡς τρυφερευομένη,

(Est 15:3) and unto-the-one indeed unto-one it-was-propping-upon as luxurying-of,

D:3 επηρειδετο (επηριδ. ℵ)] επερειδετο Ba? bA (επεριδ.)

(L) καὶ τῇ μὲν μιᾷ ἐπηρείδετο ὡς τρυφερευομένη,

and unto-the-one indeed unto-one it-was-propping-upon as luxurying-of,

(462 B.C.)

Est D:4 (Est 15:4) ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἐπηκολούθει κουφίζουσα τὴν ἔνδυσιν αὐτῆς·

(Est 15:4) the-one then-also different it-was-pathing-along-upon-unto easing-to to-the-one to-a-sinking-in of-it;

D:4 επηκολουθει] θ ex δ fec ut vid A? | κουφισα ℵ* (-φιζουσα ℵ?)

(L) ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἐπηκολούθει ἐπικουφίζουσα τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτῆς,

the-one then-also different it-was-pathing-along-upon-unto easing-upon-to to-the-one to-a-sinking-in-to of-it;

(L) επικουφιζομενη 319

(462 B.C.)

Est D:5 (Est 15:5) καὶ αὐτὴ ἐρυθριῶσα ἀκμῇ κάλλους αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς ἱλαρὸν ὡς προσφιλές, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῆς ἀπεστενωμένη ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου.

(Est 15:5) and it red-belonging-unto unto-an-apexing of-a-seemlieedness of-it, and the-one looked-toward of-it sectionated as caringed-toward, the-one then-also a-heart of-it being-en-narrowed-off off of-the-one of-a-fearee.

Note: red-belonging-unto : used to refer to blushing.

D:5 ακμη] pr ως ℵ* pr εν ℵ c.a | ιλαρον αυτης ℵ | προφιλες ℵ* (προσφ. ℵc.a)

(L) καὶ αὐτὴ ἐρυθριῶσα ἐν ἀκμῇ κάλλους αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς ὡς προσφιλές, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῆς ἀπεστενωμένη.

and it red-belonging-unto in unto-an-apexing of-a-seemlieedness of-it, and the-one looked-toward of-it as caringed-toward, the-one then-also a-heart of-it being-en-narrowed-off.

Note: red-belonging-unto : used to refer to blushing.

(L) προσφιλης 319

(462 B.C.)

Est D:6 (Est 15:6) καὶ εἰσελθοῦσα πάσας τὰς θύρας κατέστη ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως· καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκάθητο ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, καὶ πᾶσαν στολὴν τῆς ἐπιφανείας αὐτοῦ ἐνεδεδύκει, ὅλος διὰ χρυσοῦ καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν, καὶ ἦν φοβερὸς σφόδρα.

(Est 15:6) And having-had-came-into to-all to-the-ones to-portalednesses it-had-stood-down to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; and it it-was-sitting-down upon of-the-one of-a-throne of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it, and to-all to-a-seteeing of-the-one of-a-manifesting-upon-of of-it it-had-come-to-have-sunk-in, whole through of-a-goldlet and of-stones of-much-finishinged, and it-was en-feareed to-vehemented.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

(L) καὶ εἰσελθοῦσα τὰς θύρας ἔστη ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκάθητο ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαν στολὴν τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἐνδεδύκει, ὅλος διάχρυσος, καὶ λίθοι πολυτελεῖς ἐπ' αὐτῷ, καὶ φοβερὸς σφόδρα.

And having-had-came-into to-the-ones to-portalednesses it-had-stood to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; and the-one a-ruler-of it-was-sitting-down upon of-the-one of-a-throne of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it, and to-all to-a-seteeing of-the-one of-a-manifesting-upon-of it-had-come-to-have-sunk-in, whole goldened-through, and stones much-finishinged upon unto-it, and en-feareed to-vehemented.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

(462 B.C.)

Est D:7 (Est 15:7; Est 5:2 Heb.) καὶ ἄρας τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πεπυρωμένον δόξῃ ἐν ἀκμῇ θυμοῦ ἔβλεψεν· καὶ ἔπεσεν ἡ βασίλισσα καὶ μετέβαλεν τὸ χρῶμα αὐτῆς ἐν ἐκλύσει, καὶ κατεπέκυψεν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς ἅβρας τῆς προπορευομένης.

(Est 15:7; Est 5:2 Heb.) And having-lifted to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it to-having-had-come-to-be-en-fired unto-a-reckonedness in unto-an-apexing of-a-passion it-viewed; and it-had-fallen, the-one a-ruleress, and it-had-casted-with, the-one a-tinging-to of-it, in unto-a-loosing-out, and it-leaned-upon-down upon to-the-one to-a-head of-the-one of-a-vassal of-the-one of-traversing-before-of.

(L) καὶ ἄρας τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πεπυρωμένον ἐν δόξῃ ἐνέβλεψεν αὐτῇ ὡς ταῦρος ἐν ἀκμῇ θυμοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐφοβήθη ἡ βασίλισσα καὶ μετέβαλε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς ἐν ἐκλύσει καὶ ἐπέκυψεν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς ἅβρας τῆς προπορευομένης.

And having-lifted to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it to-having-had-come-to-be-en-fired in unto-a-reckonedness it-viewed-in unto-it as a-bull in unto-an-apexing of-a-passion of-it; and it-was-feareed-unto, the-one a-ruleress, and it-had-casted-with, the-one looked-toward of-it, in unto-a-loosing-out, and it-leaned-upon upon to-the-one to-a-head of-the-one of-a-vassal of-the-one of-traversing-before-of.

(L) επεβλεψεν 319 : cf ο´ (app) | ἐκλύσει] κλεισει 319

(462 B.C.)

Est D:8 (Est 15:8) καὶ μετέβαλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς πραύτητα, καὶ ἀγωνιάσας ἀνεπήδησεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνέλαβεν αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀγκάλας αὐτοῦ μέχρις οὗ κατέστη, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὴν λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς

(Est 15:8) And it-had-casted-with, the-one a-Deity, to-the-one to-a-currenting-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of into to-a-mildness, and having-struggle-belonged-unto it-up-scurried-unto off of-the-one of-a-throne of-it, and it-had-taken-up to-it upon to-the-ones to-arms of-it of-lest-whilst of-which it-had-stood-down, and it-was-calling-beside-unto to-it unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of

D:8 μετεβαλεν] μετελαβεν ℵ* (μετεβ. ℵc.a) | om αυτου A | ανελαβεν] ανεβαλεν A

(L) καὶ μετέβαλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ μετέθηκε τὸν θυμὸν αὐτοῦ εἰς πραότητα, καὶ ἀγωνιάσας ὁ βασιλεὺς κατεπήδησεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνέλαβεν αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀγκάλας αὐτοῦ καὶ παρεκάλεσεν αὐτὴν

And it-had-casted-with, the-one a-Deity, to-the-one to-a-currenting-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and it-placed-with to-the-one to-a-passion of-it into to-a-meekness, and having-struggle-belonged-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, it-down-scurried-unto off of-the-one of-a-throne of-it, and it-had-taken-up to-it upon to-the-ones to-arms of-it and it-called-beside-unto to-it

(462 B.C.)

Est D:9 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ (Est 15:9) Τί ἐστιν, Ἐσθήρ; ἐγὼ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, θάρσει,

and it-had-said unto-it, (Est 15:9) What-one it-be, Esthêr? I the-one brethrened of-thee, thou-should-brave-unto,

(L) καὶ εἶπεν Τί ἐστιν, Ἐσθήρ; ἐγὼ εἰμι ἀδελφός σου, θάρσει,

and it-had-said, What-one it-be, Esthêr? I I-be brethrened of-thee, thou-should-brave-unto,

(L) ἀδελφός] pr ο 93´ = ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est D:10 (Est 15:10) οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃς· ὅτι κοινὸν τὸ πρόσταγμα ἡμῶν ἐστίν·

(Est 15:10) not lest thou-might-have-had-died-off; to-which-a-one together-belonged-to the-one an-arranging-toward-to of-us it-be;

(L) οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃς, ὅτι κοινόν ἐστι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἡμῶν,

not lest thou-might-have-had-died-off, to-which-a-one together-belonged-to it-be the-one a-practicing-to of-us;

(462 B.C.)

Est D:11 (Est 15:11) πρόσελθε.

(Est 15:11) thou-should-have-had-came-toward.

(L) καὶ οὐ πρὸς σὲ ἡ ἀπειλή· ἰδοὺ τὸ σκῆπτρον ἐν τῇ χειρί σου.

and not toward to-thee the-one a-poising-off; Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-cane in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-thee.

(462 B.C.)

Est D:12 (Est 15:12) καὶ ἄρας τὴν χρυσῆν ῥάβδον ἐπέθηκεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἠσπάσατο αὐτὴν καὶ εἶπεν Λάλησόν μοι.

(Est 15:12) And having-lifted to-the-one to-golden to-a-rod it-placed-upon upon to-the-one to-a-throat of-it, and it-drew-along-to to-it and it-had-said, Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-me.

D:12 αυτην] την Εσθηρ A

(L) καὶ ἄρας τὸ σκῆπτρον ἐπέθηκεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτῆς καὶ ἠσπάσατο αὐτὴν καὶ εἶπεν Λάλησόν μοι.

And having-lifted to-the-one to-a-cane it-placed-upon upon to-the-one to-a-throat of-it, and it-drew-along-to to-it and it-had-said, Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-me.

(462 B.C.)

Est D:13 (Est 15:13) καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Εἶδόν σε, κύριε, ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ, καὶ ἐταράχθη ἡ καρδία μου ἀπὸ φόβου τῆς δόξης σου.

(Est 15:13) And it-had-said unto-it, I-had-seen to-thee, Authority-belonged, as to-a-leadeeer of-a-Deity, and it-was-stirred the-one a-heart of-me off of-a-fearee of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-thee.

D:13 ειπον ℵ* (-πεν ℵc.a) | om φοβου A

(L) καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Εἶδόν σε ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ, καὶ ἐτάκη ἡ καρδία μου ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ θυμοῦ σου, κύριε.

And it-had-said unto-it, I-had-seen to-thee as to-a-leadeeer of-a-Deity, and it-had-been-melted the-one a-heart of-me off of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-passion of-thee, Authority-belonged.

(462 B.C.)

Est D:14 (Est 15:14) ὅτι θαυμαστὸς εἶ, κύριε, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου χαρίτων μεστόν.

(Est 15:14) To-which-a-one marveled-to thou-be, Authority-belonged, and the-one looked-toward of-thee of-grantings sated.

(L) καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς μέτρον ἱδρῶτος·

And upon to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it a-measure of-an-en-sweating;

(462 B.C.)

Est D:15 (Est 15:15) ἐν δὲ τῷ διαλέγεσθαι αὐτὴν ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ ἐκλύσεως·

(Est 15:15) In then-also unto-the-one to-forth-through to-it it-had-fallen off of-a-loosing-out;

Note: of-a-loosing-out : used here to refer becoming faint.

D:15 εκλυσεως] + αυτης ℵ A

(462 B.C.)

Est D:16 (Est 15:16) καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐταράσσετο, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ θεραπεία αὐτοῦ παρεκάλει αὐτήν.

(Est 15:16) and the-one a-ruler-of it-was-being-stirred, and all the-one a-ministering-of of-it it-was-calling-beside-unto to-it.

Note: a-ministering-of : i.e. the attendenance of attendants.

(L) καὶ ἐταράσσετο ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ πᾶσα ἡ θεραπεία αὐτοῦ, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτήν.

and it-was-being-stirred the-one a-ruler-of and all the-one a-ministering-of of-it, and they-were-calling-beside-unto to-it.

Note: a-ministering-of : i.e. the attendenance of attendants.

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:3 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Τί θέλεις, Ἐσθήρ; καὶ τί σού ἐστιν τὸ ἀξίωμα; ἕως τοῦ ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου; καὶ ἔσται σοι.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, To-what-one thou-determine, Esthêr? And what-one of-thee it-be the-one an-en-deem-belonging-to? Unto-if-which of-the-one of-half of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-me, and it-shall-be unto-thee.

5:3 ειπεν] + αυτη ℵc.a (mg)A | Εσθηρ] + η βασιλισσα ℵc.a | βασιλιας ℵ

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Τί ἐστιν, Ἐσθήρ; ἀνάγγειλόν μοι, καὶ ποιήσω σοι· ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, What-one it-be, Esthêr? Thou-should-have-leadeeered-up unto-me, and I-shall-do-unto unto-thee unto-if-which of-half of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-me.

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:4 εἶπεν δὲ Ἐσθήρ Ἡμέρα μου ἐπίσημος σήμερόν ἐστιν· εἰ οὖν δοκεῖ τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἐλθάτω καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ Ἁμὰν εἰς τὴν δοχὴν ἣν ποιήσω σήμερον.

It-had-said then-also, an-Esthêr, A-dayedness of-me signified-upon this-day it-be; if accordingly it-thinketh-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, it-should-have-came, and it and a-Haman, into to-the-one to-a-receiving to-which I-shall-do-unto this-day.

(L) καὶ εἶπεν Ἐσθὴρ Ἡμέρα ἐπίσημός μοι αὔριον· εἰ δοκεῖ οὖν τῷ βασιλεῖ, εἴσελθε σὺ καὶ Ἁμὰν ὁ φίλος σου εἰς τὸν πότον, ὃν ποιήσω αὔριον.

And it-had-said, an-Esthêr, A-dayedness signified-upon unto-me to-morrow; if it-thinketh-unto accordingly unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, thou-should-have-had-came-into, thou and a-Haman the-one cared of-thee, into to-the-one to-a-drinkation, to-which I-shall-do-unto to-morrow.

(L) μοι αὔριον] tr 93´; om μοι 19

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:5 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Κατασπεύσατε Ἁμὰν ὅπως ποιήσωμεν τὸν λόγον Ἐσθήρ· καὶ παραγίνονται ἀμφότεροι εἰς τὴν δοχήν ἣν εἶπεν Ἐσθήρ.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, Ye-should-have-hastened-down to-a-Haman unto-which-whither we-might-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee of-an-Esthêr; and they-becometh-beside more-around into to-the-one to-a-receiving to-which it-had-said, an-Esthêr.

5:5 κατασπευσατω A | Αμαν] pr τον ℵc.a | οπως ποιησωμεν (οπ. ποιησομεν ℵ)] ποιησαι A | παραγινονται] παρεγεινοντο A | εις] επι A

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Κατασπεύσατε τὸν Ἁμάν, ὅπως ποιήσωμεν τὸν λόγον Ἐσθήρ. καὶ παραγίνονται ἀμφότεροι εἰς τὴν δοχήν, ἣν ἐποίησεν Ἐσθήρ, δεῖπνον πολυτελές.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, Ye-should-have-hastened-down to-the-one to-a-Haman, unto-which-whither we-might-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee of-an-Esthêr. And they-becometh-beside, more-around, into to-the-one to-a-receiving to-which it-did-unto, an-Esthêr, to-a-meal to-much-finishinged.

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:6 ἐν δὲ τῷ πότῳ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πρὸς Ἐσθήρ Τί ἐστιν, βασίλισσα Ἐσθήρ; καὶ ἔσται ὅσα ἀξιοῖς.

In then-also unto-the-one unto-a-drinkation it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, toward to-an-Esthêr, What-one it-be, Ruleress Esther? And it-shall-be which-a-which thou-en-deem-belong.

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πρὸς Ἐσθὴρ Ἡ βασίλισσα, τί τὸ θέλημά σου; αἴτησαι ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου, καὶ ἔσται σοι ὅσα ἀξιοῖς.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, toward to-an-Esthêr, The-one a-Ruleress, what-one the-one a-determining-to of-thee? Thou-should-have-appealed-unto unto-if-which of-half of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-me, and it-shall-be unto-thee which-a-which thou-en-deem-belong.

(L) Εσθηρ] + εν τω ποτω του οινου τι εστιν εσθηρ 93´ : cf ο´ (app) | θέλημά] αιτημα 93´ (ετ. 93; αιτιμα 319) : cf ο´ (app) et 18 | σου] + και τι το αξιωμα σου 93´ : cf ο´ (app) | om αἴτησαι 93´ = ο´ | ὅσα] ως (ος 93) 93´ : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:7 καὶ εἶπεν Τὸ αἴτημά μου καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμά·

And it-had-said, The-one an-appealing-to of-me and the-one an-en-deem-belonging-to;

5:7 ειπεν] + Εσθηρ A | αξιωμα] + μου ℵ A

(L) καὶ εἶπεν Ἐσθήρ Τὸ αἴτημά μου καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμά μου·

And it-had-said, an-Esthêr, The-one an-appealing-to of-me and the-one an-en-deem-belonging-to of-me;

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:8 εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐλθάτω ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Ἁμὰν ἔτι τὴν αὔριον εἰς τὴν δοχὴν ἣν ποιήσω αὐτοῖς, καὶ αὔριον ποιήσω τὰ αὐτά.

if I-had-found to-a-granting to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, it-should-have-came, the-one a-ruler-of and a-Haman if-to-a-one to-the-one to-morrow into to-the-one to-a-receiving to-which I-shall-do-unto unto-them, and to-morrow I-shall-do-unto to-the-ones to-them.

(L) εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐναντίον σοῦ, βασιλεῦ, καὶ εἰ ἐπὶ τὸν βασιλέα ἀγαθὸν δοῦναι τὸ αἴτημά μου καὶ ποιῆσαι τὸ ἀξίωμά μου, ἐλθέτω ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Ἁμὰν εἰς τὴν δοχήν, ἣν ποιήσω αὐτοῖς καὶ τῇ αὔριον· καὶ αὔριον γὰρ ποιήσω κατὰ τὰ αὐτά. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Ποίησον κατὰ τὸ θέλημά σου.

if I-had-found to-a-granting to-ever-a-oned-in of-thee, Ruler-of, and if upon to-the-one to-a-ruler-of excess-placed to-have-had-given to-the-one to-an-appealing-to of-me and to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-an-en-deem-belonging-to of-me, it-should-have-had-came, the-one a-ruler-of and a-Haman, into to-the-one to-a-receiving to-which I-shall-do-unto unto-them and unto-the-one to-morrow, and to-morrrow too-thus I-shall-do-unto down to-the-ones to-them. And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, Thou-should-have-done-unto down to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-thee.

(L) εἰς τὴν δοχήν] εν τη δοχει 93 | om τῇ 93 | τὰ αὐτά] ταυτα 93 : cf 20 et ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:9 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἁμὰν ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ὑπερχαρὴς εὐφραινόμενος· ἐν δὲ τῷ ἰδεῖν Ἁμὰν Μαρδοχαῖον τὸν Ἰουδαῖον ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ ἐθυμώθη σφόδρα.

And it-had-came-out, the-one a-Haman, off of-the-one of-a-ruler-of joyinged-over being-goodly-centered; in then-also unto-the-one to-have-had-seen to-a-Haman to-a-Mardochaios to-the-one to-Iouda-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling it-was-en-passioned to-vehemented.

(L) καὶ ἀπηγγέλη τῷ Ἁμὰν κατὰ τὰ αὐτά, καὶ ἐθαύμασεν, καὶ ὁ βασιλεύς ἀναλύσας ἡσύχασεν.

And it-had-been-leadeeered-off unto-the-one unto-a-Haman down to-the-ones to-them, and it-marveled-to, and the-one a-ruler-of having-loosed-up it-quiesced-to.

(L) τὰ αὐτά] ταυτα 93´ 392 : cf 18 et ο´ 8 (app) | ησυχαζεν 93´ : cf ο´ 8 (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:10 καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς φίλους καὶ Ζωσάραν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ,

And having-had-came-into into to-the-ones to-private-belonged it-called-unto to-the-ones to-cared and to-a-Zôsara to-the-one to-a-woman of-it,

5:10 εισελθων] εισηλθεν A | εκαλεσεν] pr αποστειλας ℵc.a pr και A | Σωσαραν A

(L) ὁ δὲ Ἁμὰν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ καὶ συνήγαγε τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ Ζωσάραν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ,

The-one then-also a-Haman it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-house of-it and it-had-led-together to-the-ones to-cared of-it and to-the-ones to-sons of-it and to-a-Zôsara to-the-one to-a-woman of-it,

(L) αὐτοῦ 3° ◠ 4° 19

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:11 καὶ ὑπέδειξεν αὐτοῖς τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἣν ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ περιέθηκεν, καὶ ὡς ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν πρωτεύειν καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι τῆς βασιλείας.

and it-en-showed-under unto-them to-the-one to-a-wealth of-it and to-the-one to-a-reckonedness to-which the-one a-ruler-of unto-it it-placed-about, and as it-did-unto to-it to-most-before-of and to-lead-unto of-the-one of-a-ruling-of.

5:11 αυτοις] + Αμαν ℵc.a | αυτου] + κ το πληθος των υιων αυτου ℵc.a mg | περιεθηκεν αυτω A | πρωτευειν και] πρωτον A | βασιλιας ℵ

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:12 καὶ εἶπεν Ἁμάν Οὐ κέκληκεν ἡ βασίλισσα μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως οὐδένα εἰς τὴν δοχὴν ἀλλ' ἢ ἐμέ· καὶ εἰς τὴν αὔριον κέκλημαι.

And it-had-said, a-Haman, Not it-had-come-to-call-unto, the-one a-ruleress, with of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-not-then-also-one into to-the-one to-a-receiving other or to-ME; and into to-the-one to-morrow I-had-come-to-be-called-unto.

5:12 om ειπεν Αμαν ου κεκληκεν A | η βασιλισσα] pr Εσθηρ ℵc.aA | ουθενα A | δοχην αλλ η] + ην εποιησεν (partim sup ras αλλη ut vid) αλλ η ℵc.a | κεκλημαι] pr εγω ℵ + μετα του βασιλεως ℵc.a mg κεκληκεν A

(L) καὶ ἐκαυχᾶτο λέγων ὡς οὐδένα κέκληκεν ἡ βασίλισσα ἐν ἐπισήμῳ ἡμέρᾳ αὐτῆς εἰ μὴ τὸν βασιλέα καὶ ἐμὲ μόνον· καὶ αὔριον κέκλημαι·

And it-was-boasting-unto forthing, As to-not-then-also-one it-had-come-to-call-unto, the-one a-ruleress, in unto-signified-upon unto-a-dayedness of-it if lest to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-ME to-stayeed; and to-morrow I-had-come-to-be-called-unto;

(L) εγκαυχατω 392 | ὡς] οτι 392 | ἐν ἐπισ. ἡμέρᾳ αὐτῆς] > 93 = ο´; om ἐν 319 | καὶ ἐμέ] καμε 392 | κέκλημαι] κεκληκε μαι 93 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:13 καὶ ταῦτά μοι οὐκ ἀρέσκει, ὅταν ἴδω Μαρδοχαῖον τὸν Ἰουδαῖον ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ.

And the-ones-these unto-me not it-pleaseth, which-also-then-also I-might-have-had-seen to-a-Mardochaios to-the-one to-Iouda-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling.

5:13 οταν] επαν ℵ* εν πα|τι χρονω οταν ℵc.a mg | εν τη αυλη] τη αυλη ℵ* καθημενον εν τη αυλη του βασιλεως ℵc.a

(L) τοῦτο δὲ λυπεῖ με μόνον, ὅταν ἴδω τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον τὸν Ἰουδαῖον ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ μὴ προσκυνεῖ με.

the-one-this then-also it-throeth-unto to-me to-stayeed, which-also-ever I-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios to-the-one to-Iouda-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and lest it-kisseth-toward-unto to-me.

(L) om τόν 1° 93´ 392 = ο´ | προσκυνη 108

(462 B.C.)

Est 5:14 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ζωσάρα ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ φίλοι Κοπήτω σοι ξύλον πηχῶν πεντήκοντα, ὄρθρου δὲ εἰπὸν τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ κρεμασθήτω Μαρδοχαῖος ἐπὶ τοῦ ξύλου· σὺ δὲ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν δοχὴν σὺν τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ εὐφραίνου. καὶ ἤρεσεν τὸ ῥῆμα τῷ Ἁμάν, καὶ ἡτοιμάσθη τὸ ξύλον.

And it-had-said toward to-it, a-Zôsara the-one a-woman of-it and the-ones cared, It-should-have-had-been-felled unto-thee a-wood of-fores of-fifty, of-a-ruddy-jutting then-also thou-should-have-said unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of and it-should-have-been-hung-unto a-Mardochaios upon of-the-one of-a-wood; thou then-also thou-should-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-receiving together unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of and thou-should-be-goodly-centered. And it-pleased, the-one an-uttering-to, unto-the-one unto-a-Haman, and it-was-readied-to the-one a-wood.

5:14 Σωσαρα A | οι φιλοι] pr παντες ℵc.a + αυτου ℵc.a (sup ras) | om σοι A | ξυλον 1°] + υψηλον ℵc.a (mg)

(L) καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ζωσάρα ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ Ἐκ γένους Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν· ἐπεὶ συγκεχώρηκέ σε ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀφανίσαι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, καὶ ἔδωκάν σοι οἱ θεοὶ εἰς ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἡμέραν ὀλέθριον, κοπήτω σοι ξύλον πηχῶν πεντήκοντα, καὶ κείσθω, καὶ κρέμασον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ξύλου, ὀρθρίσας δὲ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα λαλήσεις αὐτῷ· καὶ νῦν εἰσελθὼν εὐφραίνου πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα. καὶ ἤρεσε τῷ Ἁμάν, καὶ ἐποίησεν οὕτως.

And it-had-said unto-it, a-Zôsara the-one a-woman of-it, Out of-a-becomeedness of-Iouda-belonged it-be; upon-if it-had-come-to-space-together-unto to-thee, the-one a-ruler-of, to-have-un-manifested-to to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged, and they-gave unto-thee, the-ones deities, into to-a-coursing-out of-them to-a-dayedness to-en-destructed-belonged. It-should-have-had-been-felled unto-thee a-wood of-fores of-fifty, and it-should-be-situated, and thou-should-have-hung-unto to-it upon of-the-one of-a-wood. Having-ruddy-jutted-to then-also toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of thou-shall-speak-unto unto-it; and now having-had-came-into thou-should-goodly-center toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of. And it-pleased unto-the-one unto-a-Haman, and it-did-unto unto-the-one-this.

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:1 Ὁ δὲ κύριος ἀπέστησεν τὸν ὕπνον ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν νύκτα ἐκείνην, καὶ εἶπεν τῷ διδασκάλῳ αὐτοῦ εἰσφέρειν γράμματα μνημόσυνα τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναγινώσκειν αὐτῷ.

The-one then-also Authority-belonged it-stood-off to-the-one to-a-sleep off of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-thither, and it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-veer-veerator of-it to-bear-into to-scribings-to to-remembrances of-the-ones of-dayednesses to-acquaint-up unto-it.

6:1 εισφερων A | γραμματα] pr τα ℵc.a (mg) | μνημοσυνα] + λογων ℵc.a | αναγιγνωσκειν A | αυτω] αυτα ενωπιον του βασιλεως ℵc.a

(L) Ὁ δὲ δυνατὸς ἀπέστησε τὸν ὕπνον τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν νύκτα ἐκείνην, καὶ ἦν ἀγρυπνῶν. καὶ ἐκλήθησαν οἱ ἀναγνῶσται, καὶ τὸ βιβλίον τῶν μνημοσυνῶν ἀνεγινώσκετο αὐτῷ,

The-one then-also able it-stood-off to-the-one to-a-sleep of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-thither, and it-was field-sleeping-unto. And they-were-called-out-unto the-ones acquainters-up, and the-one a-paperlet of-the-ones of-remembrances it-was-being-acquainting-up unto-it.

(L) om καί (1st) 19 | om αὐτῷ 93

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:2 εὗρεν δὲ τὰ γράμματα τὰ γραφέντα περὶ Μαρδοχαίου, ὡς ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῶν δύο εὐνούχων τοῦ βασιλέως ἐν τῷ φυλάσσειν αὐτοὺς καὶ ζητῆσαι ἐπιβαλεῖν τὰς χεῖρας Ἀρταξέρξῃ.

It-had-found then-also to-the-ones to-scribings-to to-the-ones to-having-been-scribed about of-a-Mardochaios, as it-leadeeered-off unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of about of-the-ones of-two of-bed-holders of-the-one of-a-ruler-of in unto-the-one to-guarder to-them and to-have-sought-unto to-have-had-casted-upon to-the-ones to-hands unto-an-Artaxerxês.

Note: unto-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) καὶ ἦν ὑπόθεσις τῶν εὐνούχων καὶ ὃ ἐποίησε Μαρδοχαῖος εὐεργέτημα τῷ βασιλεῖ. καὶ ἐπέστησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν νοῦν σφόδρα λέγων Πιστὸς ἀνὴρ Μαρδοχαῖος εἰς παραφυλακὴν τῆς ψυχῆς μου, διότι αὐτὸς ἐποίησέ με ζῆν ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν, καὶ κάθημαι σήμερον ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου μου καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησα αὐτῷ οὐθέν· οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἐποίησα.

And it-was a-placing-under of-the-ones of-bed-holders and to-which it-did-unto, a-Mardochaios, to-a-goodly-working-to unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of. And it-stood-upon, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-of to-vehemented forthing, Trusted a-man a-Mardochaios into to-a-guardery-beside of-the-one of-a-breathing of-me, through-to-which-a-one it it-did-unto to-me to-a-lifing unto-whilst of-the-one now, and I-sit-down this-day upon of-the-one of-a-throne of-me and not I-did-unto unto-it to-not-then-also-one; not unto-straight-jutted I-did-unto.

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:3 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς Τίνα δόξαν ἢ χάριν ἐποιήσαμεν τῷ Μαρδοχαίῳ; καὶ εἶπαν οἱ διάκονοι τοῦ βασιλέως Οὐκ ἐποίησας αὐτῷ οὐδέν.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, To-what-one to-a-reckonedness or to-a-granting we-did-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Mardochaios? And they-said, the-ones raisers-through of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, Not thou-did-unto unto-it to-not-then-also-one.

6:3 Μαρδοχαιω] + περι τουτου ℵc.a | ειπαν] ειπον A | οι διακονοι του βασιλεως] οι εκ της διακονιας A | ουθεν A

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ Τί ποιήσωμεν τῷ Μαρδοχαίῳ τῷ σωτῆρι τῶν λόγων τούτων; καὶ νοήσαντες οἱ νεανίσκοι διεφθόνουν αὐτῷ· ἐνέκειτο γὰρ φόβος Ἁμὰν ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις αὐτῶν. καὶ ἐνόησεν ὁ βασιλεύς. καὶ ἐγένετο ὄρθρος.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-ones unto-children of-it, To-what-one we-might-have-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Mardochaios unto-the-one unto-a-savior of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-ones-these? And having-en-mulled-unto, the-ones new-belongings-of, they-were-envying-through-unto unto-it; it-was-situating-in too-thus a-fearee of-a-Haman in unto-the-ones unto-bowels of-them. And it-en-mulled-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, and it-had-became a-ruddy-jutting.

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:4 ἐν δὲ τῷ πυνθάνεσθαι τὸν βασιλέα περὶ τῆς εὐνοίας Μαρδοχαίου, ἰδοὺ Ἁμὰν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ· εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς Τίς ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ; ὁ δὲ Ἁμὰν εἰσῆλθεν εἰπεῖν τῷ βασιλεῖ κρεμάσαι τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον ἐπὶ τῷ ξύλῳ ᾧ ἡτοίμασεν.

In then-also unto-the-one to-ascertain to-the-one to-a-ruler-of about of-the-one of-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto of-a-Mardochaios, thou-should-have-had-seen, a-Haman in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling; it-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, What-one in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling? The-one then-also a-Haman it-had-came-into to-have-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-have-hung-unto to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios upon unto-the-one unto-a-wood unto-which it-readied-to.

(L) καὶ ἠρώτησεν ὁ βασιλεύς Τίς ἐστιν ἔξω; καὶ ἦν Ἁμάν. Ἁμὰν δὲ ὠρθρίκει λαλῆσαι τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἵνα κρεμάσῃ τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον.

And it-entreated-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, What-one it-be out-unto-which? And it-was a-Haman. A-Haman then-also it-had-come-to-have-ruddy-jutted-to to-have-spoken-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, so it-might-have-hung-unto to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios.

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:5 καὶ εἶπαν οἱ διάκονοι τοῦ βασιλέως Ἰδοὺ Ἁμὰν ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ· καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Καλέσατε αὐτόν.

And they-said, the-ones raisers-through of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, Thou-should-have-had-seen, A-Haman it-had-come-to-stand in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling; and it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, Ye-should-have-called-unto to-it.

6:5 ειπαν] ειπον ℵ A | διακονοι] εκ της διακονιας A | βασιλεως] + προς αυτον ℵc.a mg | αυτον] + κ εισηλθε| Αμαν ℵc.a (mg)

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτόν.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, to-have-had-led-into to-it.

(L) βασιλεύς (6:5) ◠ βασιλεύς (6:6) 1° 93

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:6 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Ἁμάν Τί ποιήσω τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὃν ἐγὼ θέλω δοξάσαι; εἶπεν δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὁ Ἁμάν Τίνα θέλει ὁ βασιλεὺς δοξάσαι εἰ μὴ ἐμέ;

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-a-Haman, To-what-one I-shall-do-unto unto-the-one unto-a-mankind to-which I I-determine to-have-reckoned-to? It-had-said then-also unto-self, the-one a-Haman, To-what-one it-determineth, the-one a-ruler-of, to-have-reckoned-to if lest to-ME?

6:6 ον] ω A | εν εαυτω] αυτω ℵ | ο Αμαν] om ο ℵ A + εν εαυτω ℵc.a mg

(L) ὡς δὲ εἰσῆλθεν, εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς Τί ποιήσωμεν τῷ ἀνδρὶ τῷ τὸν βασιλέα τιμῶντι, ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς βούλεται δοξάσαι; καὶ ἐλογίσατο ὁ Ἁμὰν λέγων ὅτι Τίνα βούλεται ὁ βασιλεὺς δοξάσαι εἰ μὴ ἐμέ;

As then-also it-had-came-into, it-had-said unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, To-what-one we-might-have-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-man unto-the-one to-the-one to-a-ruler-of unto-valuating-unto, to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-purposeth to-have-reckoned-to? And it-fortheed-to, the-one a-Haman, forthing to-which-a-one, To-what-one it-purposeth, the-one a-ruler-of, to-have-reckoned-to if lest to-ME?

(L) βασιλεύς (6:5) ◠ βασιλεύς (6:6) 1° 93 | ποιήσωμεν] -σομεν 108^c Lagarde : cf 5; ποιησω 93 = ο´ | ὁ Ἁμὰν] om ὁ 93´ : cf ο´ (app) | ὅτι Τίνα] om ὅτι 93´ = ο´; οτινα 108

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:7 εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Ἄνθρωπον ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς θέλει δοξάσαι,

It-had-said then-also toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, To-a-mankind to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-determineth to-have-reckoned-to,

6:7 δε] + Αμαν ℵc.a | προς τον βασιλεα] τω βασιλει A

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἁμάν Ἄνθρωπος, ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς βούλεται δοξάσαι,

And it-had-said, the-one a-Haman, A-mankind to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-purposeth to-have-reckoned-to,

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:8 ἐνεγκάτωσαν οἱ παῖδες τοῦ βασιλέως στολὴν βυσσίνην ἣν ὁ βασιλεὺς περιβάλλεται, καὶ ἵππον ἐφ' ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπιβαίνει,

they-should-have-beared, the-ones children of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, to-a-seteeing to-linened-belonged-to to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-casteth-about, and to-a-horse upon to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-steppeth-upon,

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

(L) ληφθήτω στολὴ βασιλικὴ καὶ ἵππος βασιλικός, ἐφ' ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπιβαίνει,

it-should-have-been-taken a-setee ruler-belonged-of and a-horse ruler-belonged-of upon to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-steppeth-upon,

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

(L) ὅν (ων) omnes codd] ω coni Lagarde

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:9 καὶ δότω ἑνὶ τῶν φίλων τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν ἐνδόξων καὶ στολισάτω τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀγαπᾷ, καὶ ἀναβιβασάτω αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον, καὶ κηρυσσέτω διὰ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως λέγων Οὕτως ἔσται παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς δοξάζει.

and it-should-have-had-given unto-one of-the-ones of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-reckoned-in and it-should-have-seteed-to to-the-one to-a-mankind to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-excesseth-off-unto, and it-should-have-up-step-stepped-to to-it upon to-the-one to-a-horse, and it-should-heralder through of-the-one of-broad of-the-one of-a-city forthing, Unto-the-one-this it-shall-be unto-all unto-a-mankind to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-reckoneth-to.

Note: it-should-have-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

6:9 om και δοτω ενι ℵc.a | στολισατωσαν ℵc.a | κηρυσσετω] κηρυσσετι ℵ* -τωσαν ℵc.a | πλατιας ℵ

(L) καὶ εἷς τῶν ἐνδόξων, τῶν φίλων τοῦ βασιλέως, λαβέτω ταῦτα καὶ ἐνδυσάτω αὐτὸν καὶ ἀναβιβασάτω αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον καὶ περιελθέτω τὴν πόλιν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ κηρύσσων Κατὰ τάδε ποιηθήσεται τῷ τὸν βασιλέα τιμῶντι, ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς βούλεται δοξάσαι.

and one of-the-ones of-reckoned-in, of-the-ones of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, it-should-have-had-taken to-the-ones-these and it-should-have-sunk-in to-it and it-should-have-up-step-stepped-to to-it upon to-the-one to-a-horse and it-should-have-had-came-about to-the-one to-a-city in-toward-from of-it heraldering, Down to-the-ones-then-also it-shall-be-done-unto unto-the-one to-the-one to-a-ruler-of unto-valuating-unto, to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-purposeth to-have-reckoned-to.

(L) om τῶν 2° 19 | τὸν ἵππον] του ιππου 19´ : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:10 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Ἁμάν Καθὼς ἐλάλησας· οὕτως ποίησον τῷ Μαρδοχαίῳ τῷ Ἰουδαίῳ τῷ θεραπεύοντι ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ, καὶ μὴ παραπεσάτω σου λόγος ὧν ἐλάλησας.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-a-Haman, Unto-seemly thou-spoke-unto; unto-the-one-this thou-should-have-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Mardochaios unto-the-one unto-Iouda-belonged unto-the-one unto ministering-of in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling, and lest it-should-have-fallen-beside of-thee, a-forthee of-which thou-spoke-unto.

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Ἁμάν Ταχὺ δράμε καὶ λάβε τὸν ἵππον καὶ στολὴν ὡς εἴρηκας καὶ ποίησον Μαρδοχαίῳ τῷ Ἰουδαίῳ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐν τῷ πυλῶνι, καὶ μὴ παραπεσάτω ὁ λόγος σου. ὡς δὲ ἔγνω Ἁμὰν ὅτι οὐκ ἦν αὐτὸς ὁ δοξαζόμενος, ἀλλ' ὅτι Μαρδοχαῖος, συνετρίβη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ σφόδρα, καὶ μετέβαλε τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐκλύσει.

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-a-Haman, To-quick thou-should-have-had-circuited and thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-horse and to-a-seteeing as thou-had-come-to-utter and thou-should-have-done-unto unto-a-Mardochaios unto-the-one unto-Iouda-belonged unto-the-one unto-sitting-down in unto-the-one unto-a-gating, and lest it-should-have-fallen-beside, the-one a-forthee of-thee. As then-also it-had-acquainted, a-Haman, to-which-a-one not it-was it the-one being-reckoned-to, other to-which-a-one a-Mardochaios, it-had-been-rubbed-together the-one a-heart of-it to-vehemented, and it-had-casted-with, the-one a-currenting-to of-it, in unto-a-loosing-out.

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:11 ἔλαβεν δὲ Ἁμὰν τὴν στολὴν καὶ τὸν ἵππον, καὶ ἐστόλισεν τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ ἀνεβίβασεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον, καὶ διῆλθεν διὰ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων Οὕτως ἔσται παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς θέλει δοξάσαι.

It-had-taken then-also, a-Haman, to-the-one to-a-seteeing and to-the-one to-a-horse, and it-seteed-to to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios and it-up-step-stepped-to to-it upon to-the-one to-a-horse, and it-had-came-through through of-the-one of-broad of-the-one of-a-city and it-was-heraldering forthing, Unto-the-one-this it-shall-be unto-all unto-a-mankind to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-determineth to-have-reckoned-to.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

Note: it-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

6:11 om και εστολισεν . . . επι τον ιππον A | πλατιας ℵ

(L) καὶ ἔλαβεν Ἁμὰν τὴν στολὴν καὶ τὸν ἵππον ἐντρεπόμενος τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον, καθότι ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκεκρίκει ἀνασκολοπίσαι αὐτόν, καὶ εἶπε τῷ Μαρδοχαίῳ Περιελοῦ τὸν σάκκον. καὶ ἐταράχθη Μαρδοχαῖος ὡς ἀποθνῄσκων καὶ ἀπεδύσατο μετ' ὀδύνης τὸν σάκκον καὶ ἐνεδύσατο ἱμάτια δόξης. καὶ ἐδόκει Μαρδοχαῖος τέρας θεωρεῖν, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἐξίστατο ἐν ἀφασίᾳ. καὶ ἔσπευσεν Ἁμὰν ἀναλαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφιππον. καὶ ἐξήγαγεν Ἁμὰν τὸν ἵππον ἔξω καὶ προσήγαγεν αὐτὸν κηρύσσων Κατὰ τάδε ποιηθήσεται τῷ ἀνδρὶ τῷ τὸν βασιλέα τιμῶντι, ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς βούλεται δοξάσαι.

And it-had-taken, a-Haman, to-the-one to-a-seteeing and to-the-one to-a-horse, being-turned-in to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios, down-to-which-a-one unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness it-had-come-to-separate-out to-have-skewered-up-to to-it, and it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Mardochaios, Thou-should-have-had-sectioned-about to-the-one to-a-burlap. And it-was-stirred a-Mardochaios as dying-off and it-sunk-off with of-an-anguish to-the-one to-a-burlap and it-sunk-in to-apparelets of-a-reckonedness. And it-was-thinking-unto, a-Mardochaios, to-an-anomaly to-surveil-unto, and the-one a-heart of-it toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, and it-was-being-stood-out in unto-an-un-declaring-unto. And it-hastened, a-Haman, to-have-had-taken-up to-it to-horsed-upon. And it-had-led-out, a-Haman, to-the-one to-a-horse out-unto-which and it-had-led-toward to-it heraldering, Down to-the-ones-then-also it-shall-be-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-man unto-the-one to-the-one to-a-ruler-of unto-valuating-unto, to-which the-one a-ruler-of it-purposeth to-have-reckoned-to.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:12 ἐπέστρεψεν δὲ ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος εἰς τὴν αὐλήν· Ἁμὰν δὲ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὰ ἴδια λυπούμενος κατὰ κεφαλῆς.

It-beturned-upon then-also, the-one a-Mardochaios, into to-the-one to-a-channeling; a-Haman then-also it-beturned-under into to-the-ones to-private-belonged being-throed-unto down of-a-head.

6:12 αυλην] + του βασιλεως ℵc.a (mg) | κατα κεφαλης] κατακεκαλυμμενος κεφαλην ℵc.a

(L) καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἁμὰν ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐσκυθρωπωμένος, ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ.

And the-one indeed a-Haman it-had-came-off toward to-self having-had-come-to-sullen-look-unto, the-one then-also a-Mardochaios it-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-house of-it.

(L) om Αμαν 319

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:13 καὶ διηγήσατο Ἁμὰν τὰ συμβεβηκότα αὐτῷ Ζωσάρᾳ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς φίλοις· καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ φίλοι καὶ ἡ γυνή Εἰ ἐκ γένους Ἰουδαίων Μαρδοχαῖος, ἦρξαι ταπεινοῦσθαι ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, πεσὼν πεσῇ· οὐ μὴ δύνῃ αὐτὸν ἀμύνασθαι, ὅτι θεὸς ζῶν μετ' αὐτοῦ.

And it-led-through-unto, a-Haman, to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-step-together unto-it unto-a-Zôsara unto-the-one unto-a-woman of-it and unto-the-ones unto-cared; and they-said toward to-it, the-ones cared and the-one a-woman, If out of-a-becomeedness of-Iouda-belonged a-Mardochaios, to-have-firsted to-be-en-low-belonged-to to-in-look-belonged of-it, having-had-fallen thou-shall-fall; not lest thou-might-able to-it to-have-heedened, to-which-a-one a-Deity lifing-unto with of-it.

Note: to-have-heedened : from Greek ANUMW; Active voice is to give heed, i.e. come to aid or defense, Middle voice is to cause the Object to heed to the purpose of the Subject, i.e. to various degrees of purpose from fending off to avenging upon, etc.

(L) καὶ διηγήσατο Ἁμὰν τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ γενόμενα αὐτῷ, καὶ εἶπεν ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἀφ' ὅτε λαλεῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ κακά, προσπορεύεταί σοι τὰ κακά· ἡσύχαζε, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἐν αὐτοῖς.

And it-led-through-unto, a-Haman, unto-the-one unto-a-woman of-it to-all to-the-ones to-having-had-became unto-it; and it-had-said, the-one a-woman of-it and the-ones wisdomed of-it, Off which-also thou-speak-unto about of-it to-wedge-wedged, to-it, it-traverseth-toward-of unto-thee, the-ones wedge-wedged; thou-should-quiesce-to, to-which-a-one the-one a-Deity in unto-them.

(L) εἶπεν] + αυτω 319 : cf ο´ | λαλησεις 319 | αὐτοῦ 3°] αυτων 93´ | ὁ θεός] om ὁ 108 : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est 6:14 ἔτι αὐτῶν λαλούντων παραγίνονται οἱ εὐνοῦχοι ἐπισπεύδοντες τὸν Ἁμὰν ἐπὶ τὸν πότον ὃν ἡτοίμασεν Ἐσθήρ.

If-to-a-one of-them of-speaking-unto they-becometh-beside, the-ones bed-holders, hastening-upon to-the-one to-a-Haman upon to-the-one to-a-drinkation to-which it-readied-to, an-Esthêr.

6:14 λαλουντων] + μετ αυτου ℵc.a mg | ευνουχοι] + του βασιλεως ℵc.a (mg) | επισπευδοντες] + αγαγειν ℵc.a (mg) | Αισθηρ ℵ

(L) καὶ αὐτῶν λαλούντων παρῆν τις ἐπὶ τὸν πότον σπουδάζων αὐτόν· καὶ οὕτως ἱλαρώθη καὶ πορευθεὶς ἀνέπεσε μετ' αὐτῶν ἐν ὥρᾳ.

And of-them of-speaking-unto it-was-beside a-one upon to-the-one to-a-drinkation hastening-upon to-it; and unto-the-one-this it-was-en-sectionated, and having-been-traversed-of it-had-fallen-up with of-them in unto-an-houredness.

(L) αὐτόν] αυτω 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:1 Εἰσῆλθεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Ἁμὰν συνπιεῖν τῇ βασιλίσσῃ.

It-had-came-into then-also, the-one a-ruler-of and a-Haman, to-have-had-drank-together unto-the-one unto-a-ruleress.

7:1 συνπιειν B*cℵ A] συμπιειν Bb? c? | βασιλισση] + Εσθηρ ℵc.a (mg)

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:2 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἐσθὴρ τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἐν τῷ πότῳ Τί ἐστιν, Ἐσθὴρ βασίλισσα, καὶ τί τὸ αἴτημά σου καὶ τί τὸ ἀξίωμά σου; καὶ ἔστω σοι ἕως τοῦ ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-an-Esthêr unto-the-one unto-second unto-a-dayedness in unto-the-one unto-a-drinkation, What-one it-be, Esthêr Ruleress, and what-one the-one an-appealing-to of-thee and what-one the-one an-en-deem-belonging-to of-thee? And it-should-be unto-thee unto-if-which of-the-one of-half of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-me.

(L) ὡς δὲ προῆγεν ἡ πρόποσις εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ Ἐσθήρ Τί ἐστιν ὁ κίνδυνος καὶ τί τὸ αἴτημά σου; ἕως τοῦ ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου. καὶ ἠγωνίασεν Ἐσθὴρ ἐν τῷ ἀπαγγέλλειν, ὅτι ὁ ἀντίδικος ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτῆς, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἔδωκεν αὐτῇ θάρσος ἐν τῷ αὐτὴν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτόν.

As then-also it-was-leading-before, the-one a-drinking-before, it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-an-Esthêr, What-one it-be the-one a-peril and what-one the-one an-appealing-to of-thee unto-if-which of-the-one of-half of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-me? And it-struggle-belonged-to, an-Esthêr, in unto-the-one to-leadeeer-off, to-which-a-one the-one ever-a-one-coursed in unto-eyes of-it, and the-one a-Deity it-gave unto-it to-a-braveedness in unto-the-one to-it to-call-upon-unto to-it.

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:3 καὶ ἀποκριθεῖσα εἶπεν Εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως, δοθήτω ἡ ψυχή τῷ αἰτήματί μου, καὶ ὁ λαός μου τῷ ἀξιώματί μου.

And having-been-separated-off it-had-said, If I-had-found to-a-granting to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, it-should-have-been-given the-one a-breathing unto-the-one unto-an-appealing-to of-me, and the-one a-people of-me unto-the-one unto-an-en-deem-belonging-to of-me.

(L) καὶ εἶπεν Ἐσθήρ Εἰ δοκεῖ τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἀγαθὴ ἡ κρίσις ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, δοθήτω ὁ λαός μου τῷ αἰτήματί μου καὶ τὸ ἔθνος τῆς ψυχῆς μου.

And it-had-said, an-Esthêr, If it-thinketh-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, and excess-placed the-one a-separating in unto-a-heart of-it, it-should-have-been-given the-one a-people of-me unto-the-one unto-an-appealing-to of-me and the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-breathing of-me.

(L) ψυχῆς] φυλης 319

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:4 ἐπράθημεν γὰρ ἐγώ τε καὶ ὁ λαός μου εἰς ἀπωλίαν καὶ διαρπαγὴν καὶ δουλίαν, ἡμεῖς καὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν εἰς παῖδας καὶ παιδίσκας, καὶ παρήκουσα· οὐ γὰρ ἄξιος ὁ διάβολος τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ βασιλέως.

We-were-en-acrossated too-thus I also and the-one a-people of-me into to-a-destructing-off-unto and to-a-snatching-through and to-a-bondeeing-unto, we and the-ones creationees of-us into to-children and to-a-child-belongings-of, and I-heard-beside; not too-thus deem-belonged the-one casted-through of-the-one of-a-channeling of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

7:4 απωλειαν BabA | om και διαρπαγην A | δουλειαν BabA | παιδισκας] + επραθημεν ℵc.a (mg)

(L) ἐπράθημεν γὰρ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ λαός μου εἰς δούλωσιν, καὶ τὰ νήπια αὐτῶν εἰς διαρπαγήν, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελον ἀπαγγεῖλαι, ἵνα μὴ λυπήσω τὸν κύριόν μου· ἐγένετο γὰρ μεταπεσεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κακοποιήσαντα ἡμᾶς.

We-were-en-acrossated too-thus I and the-one a-people of-me into to-an-en-bondeeing, and the-ones non-word-belonged of-them into to-a-snatching-through, and not I-was-determining to-have-leadeeered-off, so lest I-might-have-throed-unto to-the-one to-authority-belonged of-me; it-had-became too-thus to-have-had-fallen-with to-the-one to-a-mankind to-the-one to-having-wedge-wedge-done-unto to-us.

(L) δούλωσιν] δηλωσιν 319; διωσιν 93 | ηθελησα 392 | αναγγειλαι 392 | om τὸν ἄνθρωπον 392

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:5 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς Τίς οὗτος ὅστις ἐτόλμησεν ποιῆσαι τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο;

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, What-one the-one-this which-a-one it-ventured-unto to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-practicing-to to-the-one-this?

7:5 ουτος] + εστιν ℵ + κ ποιος εστιν ουτος ℵc.a mg | οστις] ος ℵ

(L) καὶ ἐθυμώθη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ εἶπεν Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅς ἐτόλμησε ταπεινώσαι τὸ σημεῖον τῆς βασιλείας μου ὥστε παρελθεῖν τὸν φόβον σου; ὡς δὲ εἶδεν ἡ βασίλισσα ὅτι δεινὸν ἐφάνη τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ μισοπονηρεῖ, εἶπεν Μὴ ὀργίζου, κύριε· ἱκανὸν γὰρ ὅτι ἔτυχον τοῦ ἱλασμοῦ σου· εὐωχοῦ, βασιλεῦ· αὔριον δὲ ποιήσω κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου. καὶ ὤμοσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ ἀπαγγεῖλαι αὐτὴν αὐτῷ τὸν ὑπερηφανευσάμενον τοῦ ποιῆσαι τοῦτο καὶ μετὰ ὅρκου ὑπέσχετο ποιῆσαι αὐτῇ ὃ ἂν βούληται.

And it-was-en-passioned the-one a-ruler-of and it-had-said, What-one it-be the-one-this, which it-ventured-unto to-have-en-lowed to-the-one to-a-signlet of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-me as-also to-have-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-fearee of-thee? As then-also it-had-seen, the-one a-ruleress, to-which-a-one dired-belonged-to it-had-been-manifested unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, and it-en-necessitated-hateth-unto, it-had-said, Lest thou-should-be-stressed-to, Authority-belonged; ample too-thus to-which-a-one I-had-actuated of-the-one of-a-sectionating-to-of of-thee; thou-should-goodly-hold-unto, Ruler-of; to-morrow then-also I-shall-do-unto down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-thee. And it-en-oathed, the-one a-ruler-of, of-the-one to-have-leadeeered-off to-it unto-it to-the-one to-having-manifested-over-of of-the-one to-have-done-unto to-the-one-this and with of-a-fencee it-had-held-under to-have-done-unto unto-it to-which ever it-might-purpose.

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:6 εἶπεν δὲ Ἐσθήρ Ἄνθρωπος ἐχθρὸς Ἁμὰν ὁ πονηρὸς οὗτος. Ἁμὰν δὲ ἐταράχθη ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῆς βασιλίσσης.

It-had-said then-also, an-Esthêr, A-mankind en-enmitied a-Haman the-one en-necessitated the-one-this. A-Haman then-also it-was-stirred off of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and of-the-one of-a-ruleress.

7:6 εχθρος] pr επιβουλος κ ℵc.a mg

(L) καὶ θαρσήσασα ἡ Ἐσθὴρ εἶπεν Ἁμὰν ὁ φίλος σου ὁ ψευδὴς οὑτοσί, ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος οὗτος.

And having-braved-unto, the-one an-Esthêr, it-had-said, A-Haman the-one cared of-thee the-one falsinged the-one-this-belonged, the-one en-necessitated a-mankind the-one-this.

(L) οὐτοσί] ουτως ει 319 | om ἄνθρωπος 392 : cf 4 | οὖτος] ουτως 93´; + εστιν 392 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:7 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐξανέστη ἀπὸ τοῦ συμποσίου εἰς τὸν κῆπον· ὁ δὲ Ἁμὰν παρῃτεῖτο τὴν βασίλισσαν, ἑώρα γὰρ ἑαυτὸν ἐν κακοῖς ὄντα.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-had-stood-up-out off of-the-one of-a-drinking-togetherlet into to-the-one to-a-garden; the-one then-also a-Haman it-was-appealing-beside-unto to-the-one to-a-ruleress, it-was-seeeeing-unto too-thus to-self in unto-wedge-wedged to-being.

(L) ἔκθυμος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ πλησθεὶς ὀργῆς ἀνεπήδησε καὶ ἦν περιπατῶν. καὶ ὁ Ἁμὰν ἐταράχθη καὶ προσέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας Ἐσθὴρ τῆς βασιλίσσης ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην ἔτι ἀνακειμένης.

Passioned-out then-also having-had-became, the-one a-ruler-of, and having-been-repleted-in of-a-stressing it-up-scurried-unto and it-was treading-about-unto. And the-one a-Haman it-was-stirred and it-had-fallen-toward upon to-the-ones to-feet of-an-Esther of-the-one of-a-ruleress upon to-the-one to-a-situating if-to-a-one of-situating-up.

(L) περιπατῶν] περι παντων 319 | om ὁ 392 : cf ο´ (app) | Εσθηρ] αυτης 392 | fin] + αυτης 93´

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:8 ἐπέστρεψεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκ τοῦ κήπου, Ἁμὰν δὲ ἐπιπεπτώκει ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην ἀξιῶν τὴν βασίλισσαν· εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς Ὥστε καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα βιάζῃ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ μου; Ἁμὰν δὲ ἀκούσας διετράπη τῷ προσώπῳ.

It-beturned-upon then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, out of-the-one of-a-garden, a-Haman then-also it-had-come-to-have-fallen-upon upon to-the-one to-a-clining en-deem-belonging to-the-one to-a-ruleress; it-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, As-also and to-the-one to-a-woman thou-dureeate-to in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-me? A-Haman then-also having-heard it-was-turned-through unto-the-one unto-looked-toward.

(L) καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸ συμπόσιον καὶ ἰδὼν εἶπεν Οὐχ ἱκανόν σοι ἡ ἁμαρτία τῆς βασιλείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν γυναῖκά μου ἐκβιάζῃ ἐνώπιόν μου; ἀπαχθήτω Ἁμὰν καὶ μὴ ζήτω. καὶ οὕτως ἀπήγετο.

And the-one a-ruler-of it-beturned-upon upon to-the-one to-a-drinking-togetherlet and having-had-seen it-had-said, Not ampled unto-thee the-one an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-the-one of-a-ruling-of, other and to-the-one to-a-woman of-me thou-out-dureeate-to to-in-look-belonged of-me? It-should-have-been-led-off a-Haman and lest it-should-life-unto. And unto-the-one-this it-was-being-led-off.

(L) ἰδών] + ο βασιλευς 392

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:9 εἶπεν δὲ Βουγαθὰν εἷς τῶν εὐνούχων πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Ἰδοὺ καὶ ξύλον ἡτοίμασεν Ἁμὰν Μαρδοχαίῳ τῷ λαλήσαντι περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ὤρθωται ἐν τοῖς Ἁμὰν ξύλον πηχῶν πεντήκοντα. εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς Σταυρωθήτω ἐπ' αὐτοῦ.

It-had-said then-also, a-Bougathan a-one of-the-ones of-bed-holders, toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, Thou-should-have-had-seen, and to-a-wood it-readied-to, a-Haman, unto-a-Mardochaios unto-the-one unto-having-spoken-unto about of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-had-come-to-be-en-straightly-jutted in unto-the-ones of-a-Haman a-wood of-fores of-fifty. It-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, It-should-have-been-en-staked upon of-it.

(L) καὶ εἶπεν Ἀγαθάς εἷς τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ Ἰδοὺ ξύλον ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ αὐτοῦ πηχῶν πεντήκοντα, ὃ ἔκοψεν Ἁμὰν ἵνα κρεμάσῃ Μαρδοχαῖον τὸν λαλήσαντα ἀγαθὰ περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως· κέλευσον οὖν, κύριε, ἐπ' αὐτῷ αὐτὸν κρεμασθῆναι. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Κρεμασθήτω ἐπ' αὐτῷ.

And it-had-said, an-Agathas one of-the-ones of-children of-it, Thou-should-have-had-seen, a-wood in unto-the-one unto-a-channeling of-it of-fores of-fifty to-which it-felled, a-Haman, so it-might-have-hung-unto to-a-Mardochaios to-the-one to-having-spoken-unto to-excess-placed about of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; thou-should-have-bade-of accordingly, Authority-belonged, upon unto-it to-it to-have-been-hung-unto. And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, It-should-have-been-hung-unto upon unto-it.

(462 B.C.)

Est 7:10 καὶ ἐκρεμάσθη Ἁμὰν ἐπὶ τοῦ ξύλου ὃ ἡτοιμάσθη Μαρδοχαίῳ. καὶ τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκόπασεν τοῦ θυμοῦ.

And it-was-hung-to a-Haman upon of-the-one of-a-wood which it-was-readied-to unto-a-Mardochaios. And to-the-one-which-also the-one a-ruler-of it-felled-to of-the-one of-a-passion.

7:10 ο 1°] ου ℵc.aA | ητοιμασθη] ητοιμασεν ℵc.aA | εκοπασεν ο βασιλευς A | θυμου] improb μου ℵ?

(L) καὶ ἀφεῖλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ δακτύλιον ἀπὸ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐσφραγίσθη ἐν αὐτῷ ὁ βίος αὐτοῦ. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ Ἐσθήρ Καὶ Μαρδοχαῖον ἐβουλεύσατο κρεμάσαι τὸν σῴσαντά με ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν εὐνούχων; οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι πατρῷον αὐτοῦ γένος ἐστὶν ἡ Ἐσθὴρ; καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ πάντα τὰ τοῦ Ἁμάν. καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Τί θέλεις; καὶ ποιήσω σοι. καὶ εἶπε Μαρδοχαῖος Ὅπως ἀνέλῃς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τοῦ Ἁμάν. καὶ ἐνεχείρισεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν. καὶ εἶπεν Ἐσθὴρ τῷ βασιλεῖ τῇ ἑξῆς Δός μοι κολάσαι τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου φόνῳ. ἐνέτυχε δὲ ἡ βασίλισσα Ἐσθὴρ καὶ κατὰ τῶν τέκνων Ἁμὰν τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὅπως ἀποθάνωσι καὶ αὐτοὶ μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Γινέσθω. καὶ ἐπάταξε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς εἰς πλῆθος. ἐν δὲ Σούσοις ἀνθωμολογήσατο ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ βασιλίσσῃ ἀποκτανθῆναι ἄνδρας καὶ εἶπεν Ἰδοὺ δίδωμί σοι τοῦ κρεμάσαι. καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως.

And it-had-sectioned-off, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-digit-belonged off of-the-one of-a-hand of-it, and it-was-sealed-to in unto-it the-one a-dureeation of-it. And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-an-Esthêr, And to-a-Mardochaios it-purposed-of to-have-hung-unto, to-the-one to-having-saved-to to-me out of-a-hand of-the-ones of-bed-holders? Not it-had-come-to-have-had-seen to-which-a-one en-father-belonged of-it a-becomeedness it-be the-one an-Esthêr? And it-called-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios and it-granted-to unto-it to-all to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-Haman. And it-had-said unto-it, To-what-one thou-determine? And I-shall-do-unto unto-thee. And it-had-said, a-Mardochaios, Unto-which-whither thou-might-have-had-sectioned-up to-the-one to-a-seteeing-upon of-the-one of-a-Haman. And it-handed-in-to unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones down to-the-one to-a-ruling-of. And it-had-said, an-Esthêr, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of unto-the-one of-held, Thou-should-have-had-given unto-me to-have-strictured-to to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-me unto-a-slayee. It-had-actuated-in then-also the-one a-ruleress an-Esthêr and down of-the-ones of-creationees of-a-Haman unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, unto-which-whither they-might-have-had-died-off and them with of-the-one of-a-father of-them. And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, It-should-have-been-became. And it-smote to-the-ones to-en-enmitied into to-a-repleteedness. In then-also unto-Sousa' it-ever-a-one-along-fortheed-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-a-ruleress, to-have-been-killed-off to-men and it-had-said, Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-give unto-thee of-the-one to-have-hung-unto. And it-had-became unto-the-one-this.

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:1 Καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀρταξέρξης ἐδωρήσατο Ἐσθὴρ ὅσα ὑπῆρχεν Ἁμὰν τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ Μαρδοχαῖος προσεκλήθη ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως· ὑπέδειξεν γὰρ Ἐσθὴρ ὅτι ἐνοικείωται αὐτῇ.

And in unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness the-one a-ruler-of an-Artaxerxês it-gifted-unto unto-an-Esthêr to-which-a-which it-was-firsting-under unto-a-Haman unto-the-one unto-casted-through, and a-Mardochaios it-was-called-toward-unto under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; it-en-showed-under too-thus, an-Esthêr, to-which-a-one it-might-en-house-belong-in unto-it.

Note: an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: it-might-en-house-belong-in : used to refer to becoming accepted as a member of a household, by implication because of kinship.

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:2 ἔλαβεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν δακτύλιον ὃν ἀφείλατο Ἁμὰν καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν Μαρδοχαίῳ, καὶ κατέστησεν Ἐσθὴρ Μαρδοχαῖον ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁμάν.

It-had-taken then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-digit-belonged to-which it-sectioned-off unto-a-Haman and it-gave to-it unto-a-Mardochaios, and it-stood-down, an-Esthêr, to-a-Mardochaios upon of-all of-the-ones of-a-Haman.

8:2 αφιλατο ℵ | Αμαν 1°] pr του ℵc.aA | om αυτον A

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:3 καὶ προσθεῖσα ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠξίου ἀφελεῖν τὴν Ἁμὰν κακίαν καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησεν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις.

And having-had-placed-toward it-spoke-unto toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, and it-had-fallen-toward toward to-the-ones to-feet of-it, and it-was-en-deem-belonging to-have-had-sectioned-off to-the-one of-a-Haman to-a-wedge-wedging-unto and to-which-a-which it-did-unto unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged.

8:3 προσθεισα] + Εσθηρ ℵc.a | ηξιου] + κ εδεηθη αυτου ℵc.a (mg)

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:4 ἐξέτεινεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἐσθὴρ τὴν ῥάβδον τὴν χρυσῆν· ἐξηγέρθη δὲ Ἐσθὴρ παρεστηκέναι τῷ βασιλεῖ.

It-stretched-out then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-an-Esthêr to-the-one to-a-rod to-the-one to-golden; it-was-roused-out then-also an-Esthêr to-have-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of.

8:4 εξετεινεν δε] και εξετεινεν A

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:5 καὶ εἶπεν Ἐσθήρ Εἰ δοκεῖ σοι καὶ εὗρον χάριν, πεμφθήτω ἀποστραφῆναι τὰ γράμματα τὰ ἀπεσταλμένα ὑπὸ Ἁμάν, τὰ γραφέντα ἀπολέσθαι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους οἵ εἰσιν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου.

And it-had-said, an-Esthêr, If it-thinketh-unto unto-thee and I-had-found to-a-granting, it-should-have-been-volleyed to-have-had-been-beturned-off to-the-ones to-scribings-to to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-set-off under of-a-Haman, to-the-ones to-having-been-scribed to-have-had-destructed-off to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged which they-be in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-thee.

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:6 πῶς γὰρ δυνήσομαι ἰδεῖν τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου, καὶ πῶς δυνήσομαι σωθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ τῆς πατρίδος μου;

Unto-whither too-thus I-shall-able to-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging of-the-one of-a-people of-me, and unto-whither I-shall-able to-have-been-saved-to in unto-the-one unto-a-destructing-off-of of-the-one of-a-fathering of-me?

8:6 ιδειν] επιδειν A | απωλια ℵ

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:7 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πρὸς Ἐσθήρ Εἰ πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα Ἁμὰν ἔδωκα καὶ ἐχαρισάμην σοι, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκρέμασα ἐπὶ ξύλου ὅτι τὰς χεῖρας ἐπήνεγκε τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, τί ἔτι ἐπιζητεῖς;

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, toward to-an-Esthêr, If to-all to-the-ones to-firsting-under of-a-Haman I-gave and I-granted-to unto-thee, and to-it I-hung-to upon of-a-wood to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-hands it-beared-upon unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged, to-what-one if-to-a-one thou-seek-upon-unto?

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:8 γράψατε καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου ὡς δοκεῖ ὑμῖν, καὶ σφραγίσατε τῷ δακτυλίῳ μου· ὅσα γὰρ γράφεται τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιτάξαντος καὶ σφραγισθῇ τῷ δακτυλίῳ μου, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς ἀντειπεῖν.

Ye-should-have-scribed and ye out of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-me as it-thinketh-unto unto-ye, and ye-should-have-sealed-to unto-the-one unto-digit-belonged of-me; which-a-which too-thus it-be-scribed of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-having-arranged-upon and it-might-have-been-sealed-to unto-the-one unto-digit-belonged of-me, not it-be unto-them to-have-had-ever-a-one-said.

8:8 γραψατε] γραφετε ℵ*c.b (γραψ. ℵc.a (vid)) A

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:9 ἐκλήθησαν δὲ οἱ γραμματεῖς ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ μηνὶ ὅς ἐστι Νισά, τρίτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔτους, καὶ ἐγράφη τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὅσα ἐνετείλατο τοῖς οἰκονόμοις καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν τῶν σατραπῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἕως τῆς Αἰθιοπίας, ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ σατραπίαις κατὰ χώραν καὶ χώραν, κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν λέξιν.

They-were-called-unto then-also the-ones scribing-toers-of in unto-the-one unto-most-before unto-a-month which it-be a-Nisa, unto-third and unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-it of-a-yeareedness, and it-had-been-scribed unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged to-which-a-which it-finished-in unto-the-ones unto-house-parceleeers and unto-the-ones unto-firsting of-the-ones of-provincers off of-the-one of-India-belonged-of unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia, unto-a-hundred unto-twenty unto-seven unto-provincings-unto down to-a-spacedness and to-a-spacedness, down to-the-one of-selves to-a-forthing.

Note: unto-the-one unto-most-before unto-a-month which it-be a-Nisa, unto-third and unto-a-twentieth : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. -4 days difference from Abib sun calendar.

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:10 ἐγράφη δὲ διὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐσφραγίσθη τῷ δακτυλίῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν τὰ γράμματα διὰ βιβλιαφόρων,

It-had-been-scribed then-also through of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and it-was-sealed-to unto-the-one unto-digit-belonged of-it, and they-set-off-out to-the-ones to-scribings-to through of-paper-bearers,

8:10 εγραφη δε] και εγραφη A | βασιλεως] + Αρταξερξου ℵc.a mg | εφραγισθη A* (εσφρ. Aa?) | εξαπεστειλεν ℵc.aA | βιβλιοφορων ℵc.a

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:11 ὡς ἐπέταξεν αὐτοῖς χρῆσθαι τοῖς νόμοις αὐτῶν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ πόλει, βοηθῆσαί τε αὑτοῖς καὶ χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἀντιδίκοις αὐτῶν καὶ τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις αὐτῶν ὡς βούλονται,

as it-arranged-upon unto-them to-afford-unto unto-the-ones unto-parcelees of-them in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-city, to-have-holler-ran-unto also unto-themselves and to-afford-unto unto-the-ones unto-ever-a-one-coursed of-them and unto-the-ones unto-ever-a-one-situating of-them as they-purpose,

(462 B.C.) >

Est 8:12 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ Ἀρταξέρξου, τῇ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ δωδεκάτου μηνὸς ὅς ἐστιν Ἀδάρ.

in unto-a-dayedness unto-one in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-an-Artaxerxês, unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-two-tenth of-a-month which it-be an-Adar.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-two-tenth of-a-month which it-be an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 days difference from Abib sun calendar.

8:12 του δωδεκατου μηνος ος εστιν Αδαρ] om δωδεκατου ℵ* A om ος εστιν Αδαρ ℵ* hab του ιβÆ μηνος ος εστιν Αδαρ ℵc.a mg

(462 B.C.)

Est E:1 (Est 16:1) Ὧν ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τῆς ἐπιστολῆς τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα Βασιλεὺς μέγας Ἀρταξέρξης τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἕως τῆς Αἰθιοπίας ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ σατραπείαις χωρῶν ἄρχουσι καὶ τοῖς τὰ ἡμέτερα φρονοῦσι χαίρειν.

(Est 16:1) Of-which it-be ever-a-one-scribed of-the-one of-a-seteeing-upon the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scribed-under; A-ruler-of great an-Artaxerxês unto-the-ones off of-the-one of-India-belonged-of unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia unto-a-hundred unto-twenty unto-seven unto-provincings-of of-spacednesses unto-firsting and unto-the-ones to-the-ones to-ours unto-centering-unto to-joy.

Note: an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

Note: unto-provincings-of (SATRAPEIAIS) in 03 : SATRAPAIS in 01*; unto-provincings-unto (SATRAPIAIS) in 01C1 02 03C1 as in Est_8:9; the difference in meaning between the -IA and -EIA Noun endings is revealed above with -unto and -of respectively. Unawareness of this difference causes some to assume an error when they see both endings occurring in the same Noun and to fix it so the Noun is always either -IA or -EIA. This was clearly an issue with a number of Nouns in the transmission of the texts. The -unto ending in Est_8:9 is in context of application, but the -of ending in Est E:1 (Est 16:1) is in context of ownership; thus the reading in 03 is probably the original word.

(L) Καὶ ἔγραψε τὴν ὑποτεταγμένην ἐπιστολήν Βασιλεὺς μέγας Ἀσσυῆρος τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἕως τῆς Αἰθιοπίας ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ ἑπτὰ χωρῶν ἄρχουσι καὶ σατράπαις τοῖς τὰ ἡμέτερα φρονοῦσι χαίρειν.

And it-scribed to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-under to-a-seteeing-upon, A-ruler-of great an-Assuêros, unto-the-ones off of-the-one of-India-belonged unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-Aithiopia of-a-hundred and of-twenty and of-seven of-spacednesses unto-firsting and unto-provincers, unto-the-ones to-the-ones to-ours unto-centering-unto, to-joy.

Note: an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) επιτεταγμενην 19 93 | ἐπιστολήν] στολην 93 | Βασιλεύς] pr και 19

(462 B.C.)

Est E:2 (Est 16:2) πολλοὶ τῇ πλείστῃ τῶν εὐεργετούντων χρηστότητι πυκνότερον τιμώμενοι μεῖζον ἐφρόνησαν,

(Est 16:2) Much unto-the-one unto-most-beyond of-the-ones of-goodly-working-unto unto-an-affordness, to-more-meshed being-valuated-unto to-greater they-centered-unto;

Note: to-more-meshed : used to refer to more in sync with things, i.e. having it more together.

Note: Much ... to-greater they-centered-unto : i.e. many most abounding from the fruits of the ones working under them, to having it more together being deemed, to greater they focus [the credit] on themselves.

E:2 μειζον] αμινο| ℵ* (μιζο| ℵ?)

(L) πολλοὶ τῇ πλείστῃ τῶν εὐεργετούντων χρηστότητι πυκνότερον τιμώμενοι μεῖζον φρονήσαντες

Much unto-the-one unto-most-beyond of-the-ones of-goodly-working-unto unto-an-affordness, to-more-meshed being-valuated-unto to-greater having-centered-unto

Note: Much ... to-greater having-centered-unto : i.e. many most abounding from the fruits of the ones working under them, to having it more together being deemed, to greater they focus [the credit] on themselves.

(462 B.C.)

Est E:3 (Est 16:3) καὶ οὐ μόνον τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους ἡμῖν ζητοῦσι κακοποιεῖν, τόν τε κόρον οὐ δυνάμενοι φέρειν καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν εὐεργέταις ἐπιχειροῦσι μηχανᾶσθαι·

(Est 16:3) and not to-stayeed to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-under unto-us they-seek-unto to-wedge-wedge-do-unto, to-the-one also to-a-satiation not abling to-bear and unto-the-ones of-selves unto-goodly-workers they-hand-upon-unto to-machinate-unto;

E:3 om και 1° ℵ* (superscr κ ℵc.a) | ημιν] υμιν ℵ* (ημ. ℵ?) | ζητουσι (-σιν A)] αιτουσιν ℵ* (ζητ. ℵc.a) | κορον] ο 1° sup ras Aa (κωρον A*vid) | επιχειρουσιν ℵ A (επιχιρ.)

(L) οὐ μόνον τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους ἡμῖν ζητοῦσι κακοποιεῖν, τὸν δὲ κόρον οὐ δυνάμενοι φέρειν καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν εὐεργέταις ἐπιχειροῦσι μηχανᾶσθαι κακά·

not to-stayeed to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-under unto-us they-seek-unto to-wedge-wedge-do-unto, to-the-one then-also to-a-satiation not abling to-bear and unto-the-ones of-selves unto-goodly-workers they-hand-upon-unto to-machinate-unto to-wedge-wedged;

(L) δέ] τε 93 = ο´ | ἑαυτῶν] αυτων 93 : cf ο´ 113

(462 B.C.)

Est E:4 (Est 16:4) καὶ τὴν εὐχαριστίαν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀνταναιροῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀπειραγάθων κόμποις ἐπαρθέντες, τοῦ τὰ πάντα κατοπτεύοντος ἀεὶ θεοῦ μισοπόνηρον ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἐκφεύξεσθαι δίκην.

(Est 16:4) and to-the-one to-a-goodly-granting-unto not to-stayeed out of-the-ones of-mankinds ever-a-one-sectioning-along-up-unto, other and unto-the-ones of-the-ones of-un-across-belonged-excess-placed unto-dins having-been-lifted-upon, of-the-one to-the-ones to-all of-beholding-down-of ever-if of-a-Deity to-hate-en-necessitated they-take-under to-shall-have-fled-out to-a-coursing.

E:4 την ευχαριστιαν] pr κατα ℵ A | ανταναιρουντες] ανερουντες ℵc.a | υπολαμβανουσιν] διαλαμβανουσιν ℵ*c.b (υπολαμβ. ℵc.a (vid)) A | εφευξεσθαι ℵ* (εξφ. ℵc.a) | om δικην ℵ* (superscr ℵc.a)

(L) καὶ τὴν εὐχαριστίαν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀναιροῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀπειραγάθων κόμποις παρελθόντες τὸ τοῦ πάντα δυναστεύοντος δικαιοκρίτου μισοπόνηρον ἐκφυγεῖν διειληφότες, τὴν δίκην,

and to-the-one to-a-goodly-granting-unto not to-stayeed out of-the-ones of-mankinds sectioning-along-up-unto, other and unto-the-ones of-the-ones of-un-across-belonged-excess-placed unto-dins having-had-came-beside, to-the-one of-the-one to-all of-abling-of of-a-course-belonged-separater to-hate-en-necessitated to-have-had-fled-out having-hath-had-come-to-take-through to-the-one to-a-coursing.

(L) ἀπειραγάθων] απειρωπαθων 93 : cf p 122

(462 B.C.)

Est E:5 (Est 16:5) πολλάκις δὲ καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἐπ' ἐξουσίαις τεταγμένων τῶν πιστευθέντων χειρίζειν φίλων τὰ πράγματα παραμυθία μετόχους αἱμάτων ἀθῴων καταστήσασα περιέβαλε συμφοραῖς ἀνηκέστοις,

(Est 16:5) Much-oft then-also and to-much of-the-ones upon unto-beings-out-unto of-having-had-come-to-be-arranged of-the-ones of-having-been-trusted-of to-hand-to of-cared to-the-ones to-practicings-to, a-relating-beside-unto to-held-with of-rusherings-to of-un-guilted having-stood-down it-had-casted-about unto-bearednesses-together unto-un-mendable,

E:5 παραμυθιαν ℵ* (-θια ℵ?) | μετοχους] μετενους ℵ* (μετοχ. ℵc.a) μεταγνουσα A | αιματων] μετα των A | καταστησας ℵ A

(L) πολλάκις ἐπ' ἐξουσιῶν τεταγμένοι τὰ τῶν ἐμπιστευομένων φίλων πράγματα χειρίζειν αἰτίους ἀθῴων αἱμάτων καταστήσαντες περιέβαλον συμφοραῖς ἀνηκέστοις

Much-oft upon of-beings-out-unto having-had-come-to-be-arranged to-the-ones of-the-ones of-having-been-trusted-in-of of-cared to-practicings-to to-hand-to to-appealed-belonged of-un-guilted of-rusherings-to having-stood-down, they-had-casted-about unto-bearednesses-together unto-un-mendable,

(L) τεταγμένοι] -μενων 19´ : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est E:6 (Est 16:6) τῷ τῆς κακοηθείας ψευδεῖ παραλογισμῷ παραλογισαμένων τὴν τῶν ἐπικρατούντων ἀκέραιον εὐγνωμοσύνην.

(Est 16:6) unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedged-beplaceeing-of unto-falsinged unto-a-fortheeing-beside-to-of of-having-fortheed-beside-to to-the-one of-the-ones of-securing-upon-unto to-un-horn-belonged to-a-goodly-acquaintingedness.

E:6 τω της κακοηθειας (-θιας ℵ)] + τροπω ℵc.a (mg) των της αληθειας A | ψευδει] + δε ℵ* (om δε ℵc.a) | om παραλογισμω A | παραλογισαμενος ℵ A | ευγνωμοσυνην Bℵa? c.b?A (εγν.)] επιγνωσιν ℵ*

(L) τῷ τῆς κακοποιΐας ψεύδει παραλογισάμενοι τὴν τῶν ἐπικρατούντων ἀκέραιον εὐγνωμοσύνην.

unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedge-doing-unto unto-falsinged of-having-fortheed-beside-to to-the-one of-the-ones of-securing-upon-unto to-un-horn-belonged to-a-goodly-acquaintingedness.

(L) κακοποιΐας] κακοπιστειας 93 : cf p 122 n 4

(462 B.C.)

Est E:7 (Est 16:7) σκοπεῖν δὲ ἔξεστιν, οὐ τοσοῦτον ἐκ τῶν παλαιοτέρων ὡς παρεδώκαμεν ἱστοριῶν, ὅσα ἐστὶν παρὰ πόδας ὑμᾶς ἐκζητοῦντας ἀνοσίως συντετελεσμένα τῇ τῶν ἀνάξια δυναστευόντων λοιμότητι,

(Est 16:7) To-scout-unto then-also it-be-out, not to-the-one-which-the-one-this out of-the-ones of-more-past-belonged as we-gave-beside of-en-accountings-unto, which-a-which it-be beside to-feet to-ye to-seeking-out-unto unto-un-holy to-having-had-come-to-be-finished-together-unto unto-the-one of-the-ones to-un-deem-belonged of-abling-of unto-a-plagueness,

(L) σκοπεῖν δὲ ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν παραδεδομένων ἡμῖν ἱστοριῶν καὶ ὅσον τὸ παρὰ πόδας θεωροῦντες ἀξίως τῇ τῶν δυναστευόντων ὠμότητι

To-scout-unto then-also it-be out of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-given-beside unto-us of-en-accountings-unto, and which-a-which to-the-one beside to-feet surveiling-unto unto-deem-belonged unto-the-one of-the-ones of-abling-of unto-a-rawness

(L) εξεστιν 93´ = ο´ | υμιν 19^c ^vid : cf ο´ | πόδας] πολλας 19´ : cf ο´ (app) | τῇ] της 93; τι 319

(462 B.C.)

Est E:8 (Est 16:8) καὶ προσέχειν εἰς τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα, εἰς τὸ τὴν βασιλείαν ἀτάραχον τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις μετ' εἰρήνης παρεξόμεθα,

(Est 16:8) and to-hold-toward into to-the-ones with to-the-ones-these, into to-the-one to-the-one to-a-ruling-of to-un-stirred unto-the-ones unto-all unto-mankinds with of-a-joinifying we-shall-hold-beside,

E:8 τα] το ℵ* (τα ℵc.a) | εις το την] και την ℵc.a το την ℵc.b (vid) | βασιλιαν ℵ

(L) προσέχειν εἰς τὰ μετέπειτα καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἀτάραχον παρέχειν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι μετ' εἰρήνης

to-hold-toward into to-the-ones with-upon-if-to-the-ones and to-the-one to-a-ruling-of to-un-stirred unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to with of-a-joinifying

(462 B.C.)

Est E:9 (Est 16:9) χρώμενοι ταῖς μεταβολαῖς, τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ἐρχόμενα διακρίνοντες ἀεὶ μετ' ἐπιεικεστέρας ἀπαντήσεως.

(Est 16:9) affordng-unto unto-the-ones unto-castings-with, to-the-ones then-also under to-the-one to-a-beholding to-coming separating-through ever-if with of-more-resembled-upon of-an-ever-a-oneing-off.

E:9 χρωμενοι] pr ου ℵc.aA | αει] δει ℵ* (αει ℵc.a) | μετ] μετα ℵ A | απαντησεως] αγανακτησεως ℵ* (απαντ. ℵc.a)

(L) οὐ χρώμενοι ταῖς διαβολαῖς, τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ἐρχόμενα μετ' ἐπιεικείας διεξάγοντες.

not affordng-unto unto-the-ones unto-castings-through, to-the-ones then-also under to-the-one to-a-beholding to-coming with of-a-resembling-upon-of leading-out-through.

(L) διεξαγαγοντες 93

(462 B.C.)

Est E:10 (Est 16:10) ὡς γὰρ Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου Μακεδὼν ταῖς ἀληθείαις ἀλλότριος τοῦ τῶν Περσῶν αἵματος καὶ πολὺ διεστηκὼς τῆς ἡμετέρας χρηστότητος, ἐπιξενωθεὶς ἡμῖν

(Est 16:10) As too-thus a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos a-Makedian unto-the-ones unto-un-secludings-of other-belonged of-the-one of-the-ones of-a-Persians of-a-rushering-to and to-much having-had-come-to-stand-through of-the-one of-ours of-an-affordness, having-been-en-guested-upon unto-us

E:10 Αμαδαθου] Αμαθου A | αληθιαις ℵ | διεστηκως] incep λα ℵ* (imprb λα ℵ?)

(L) ἐπιξενωθεὶς γὰρ ἡμῖν Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου ὁ Βουγαῖος ταῖς ἀληθείαις ἀλλότριος τοῦ τῶν Περσῶν φρονήματος καὶ πολὺ διεστὼς τῆς ἡμετέρας χρηστότητος

Having-been-en-guested-upon too-thus unto-us a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos the-one Boug-belonged unto-the-ones unto-un-secludings-of other-belonged of-the-one of-the-ones of-a-Persians of-a-centering-to and to-much having-had-come-to-stand-through of-the-one of-ours of-an-affordness

(L) επιξενωθη 93 | Αμαδάθου] αμαδοθου 319; ομαδαθου 93 : cf ο´ 924 (app) | ὁ Βουγαῖος Lagarde] τω βουγαιος (-γεος 108) 19´; βουγαιος 319 : cf ο´ (app); μακεδων 93 = ο´ | ἀληθείαις] ανομιαις 19´ | om καί 1° 19

(462 B.C.)

Est E:11 (Est 16:11) ἔτυχεν ἧς ἔχομεν πρὸς πᾶν ἔθνος φιλανθρωπίας ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὥστε ἀναγορεύεσθαι ἡμῶν πατέρα καὶ προσκυνούμενον ὑπὸ πάντων τὸ δεύτερον τοῦ βασιλικοῦ θρόνου πρόσωπον διατελεῖν·

(Est 16:11) it-had-actuanated of-which we-hold toward to-all to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-a-mankind-caring-unto upon to-the-one-which-the-one-this as-also to-be-lead-alongednessed-up-of of-us to-a-father and to-being-kissed-toward-unto under of-all to-the-one to-second of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-throne to-looked-toward to-finish-through-unto;

E:11 ωστε] ως A | αναγορευεσθαι] αναπορευεσθαι ℵ* (αναγορ. ℵ?) | προσκυνουμενος A

(L) ἔτυχε τῆς ἐξ ἡμῶν πρὸς πᾶν ἔθνος φιλανθρωπίας ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὥστε ἀναγορευθῆναι πατέρα ἡμῶν καὶ προσκυνεῖσθαι ὑπὸ πάντων τὸ δεύτερον τῶν βασιλικῶν θρονῶν διατελεῖν.

it-had-actuanated of-the-one out of-us toward to-all to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-a-mankind-caring-unto upon to-the-one-which-the-one-this as-also to-have-been-lead-alongednessed-up-of to-a-father of-us and to-be-kissed-toward-unto under of-all to-the-one to-second of-the-ones of-ruler-belonged-of of-thrones to-finish-through-unto;

(L) βασιλικῶν] βασιλειων 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est E:12 (Est 16:12) οὐκ ἐνέγκας δὲ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν ἐπετήδευσεν τῆς ἀρχῆς στερῆσαι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος,

(Est 16:12) not having-beared then-also to-the-one to-a-manifesting-over-unto it-availed-upon-of of-the-one of-a-firsting to-have-destituted-unto to-us and of-the-one of-a-currenting-to,

E:12 επετηδευσε ℵ επιτηδευσεν A | ημας στερησαι A | στερεσαι ℵ* (-ρησαι ℵc.a) | ημας] υμας ℵ* (ημ. ℵc.a) | om και A

(L) οὐκ ἐνεγκὼν δὲ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν ἐπετήδευσεν ἡμᾶς τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος μεταστῆσαι,

not having-beared then-also to-the-one to-a-manifesting-over-unto it-availed-upon-of to-us of-the-one of-a-firsting and of-the-one of-a-currenting-to to-have-stood-with,

Note: having-beared (ENEGKWN) : more ancient alternate form of the more common ENEGKAS.

(462 B.C.)

Est E:13 (Est 16:13) τόν τε ἡμέτερον σωτῆρα καὶ διὰ παντὸς εὐεργέτην Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ τὴν ἄμεμπτον τῆς βασιλείας κοινωνὸν Ἐσθὴρ σὺν παντὶ τῷ τούτων ἔθνει πολυπλόκοις μεθόδων παραλογισμοῖς αἰτησάμενος εἰς ἀπωλίαν·

(Est 16:13) to-the-one also to-ours to-a-savior and through of-all to-a-goodly-worker to-a-Mardochaios and to-the-one to-un-blameable of-the-one of-a-ruling-of to-en-together-belonged-to to-an-Esthêr together unto-all unto-the-one of-the-ones-these unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to, unto-much-braided of-ways-with unto-fortheeings-beside-of having-appealed-unto into to-a-destructing-off-unto;

E:13 σωτηραν ℵ* (improb ν ℵ?) | βασιλειας] βασιλεως ℵ* (-λειας ℵc.a) | τω] τοις ℵ* (τω ℵc.a) | απωλειαν BabA

(L) τόν δὲ ἡμέτερον σωτῆρα διὰ παντὸς Μαρδοχαῖον καὶ τὴν ἄμεμπτον τούτου κοινωνὸν Ἐσθὴρ σὺν τῷ παντὶ τούτων ἔθνει πολυπλόκοις μεθόδοις διαρτησάμενος εἰς ἀπώλειαν·

to-the-one then-also to-ours to-a-savior through of-all to-a-Mardochaios and to-the-one to-un-blameable of-the-one-this to-en-together-belonged-to to-an-Esthêr together unto-the-one unto-all of-the-ones-these unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to, unto-much-braided unto-ways-with having-through-fastened-unto into to-a-destructing-off-of;

(L) ἄμεμπτον] + της βασιλειας 93 = ο´ | πολυπλόκοις] πολυτροποις 93 | μεθοδειαις 93 : cf praef p 122 n 4 | διαρτησάμενος] στησαμενος 93

(462 B.C.)

Est E:14 (Est 16:14) διὰ γὰρ τῶν τρόπων τούτων ᾠήθη λαβὼν ἡμᾶς ἐρήμους τὴν τῶν Περσῶν ἐπικράτησιν εἰς τοὺς Μακεδόνας μετάξαι.

(Est 16:14) through too-thus of-the-ones of-turns of-the-ones-these it-was-which-belonged having-had-taken to-us to-solituded, to-the-one of-the-ones of-Persians to-a-securing-upon into to-the-ones to-Makedians to-have-led-with.

(L) διὰ γὰρ τούτων τῶν τρόπων ᾠήθη λαβὼν ἡμᾶς ἐρήμους ἐξαλλοτρίωσιν τῆς τῶν Περσῶν ἐπικρατείας ἕως εἰς τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἀγαγεῖν.

through too-thus of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-turns it-was-which-belonged having-had-taken to-us to-solituded, to-an-en-other-belonging-out of-the-one of-the-ones of-Persians of-a-securing-upon unto-if-which into to-the-ones to-Makedians to-have-had-led.

(L) τουτον τον τροπον 319 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est E:15 (Est 16:15) ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ τρισαλιτηρίου παραδεδομένους εἰς ἀφανισμὸν Ἰουδαίους εὑρίσκομεν οὐ κακούργους ὄντας, δικαιοτάτοις δὲ πολιτευομένους νόμοις,

(Est 16:15) We then-also to-the-ones under of-the-one of-thrice-un-pleader-belonged to-having-had-come-to-be-given-beside into to-an-un-manifesting-to-of, to-Iouda-belonged, we-had-come-to-have-found not to-wedge-wedge-worked to-being, unto-most-course-belonged then-also being-city-belonged-of unto-parcelees,

Note: of-thrice-un-pleader-belonged (TRISALITHRIOU) : used to refer to thrice unexusable of acts; probably better is to split the words, i.e. to-thrice of-un-pleader-belonged (TRIS ALITHRIOU).

E:15 ου κακουργους] κακουργους ουκ A | δικαιοτατοις] αναγκαιοτατους ℵ* (δικαιοτατοις ℵc.a)

(L) τοὺς οὖν ὑπὸ τοῦ τρισαλιτηρίου παραδεδομένους ὑμῖν Ἰουδαίους εὑρίσκομεν μὴ ὄντας κακούργους, δικαιοτάτοις δὲ πολιτευομένους νόμοις,

To-the-ones accordingly under of-the-one of-thrice-un-pleader-belonged to-having-had-come-to-be-given-beside unto-ye to-Iouda-belonged, we-had-come-to-have-found lest to-being to-wedge-wedge-worked, unto-most-course-belonged then-also being-city-belonged-of unto-parcelees,

(L) πολιτευομένους νόμοις] πολιτευομενοις νομοις (tr 93; νομους 319) 108* 93´ : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est E:16 (Est 16:16) ὄντας δὲ υἱοὺς τοῦ ὑψίστου μεγίστου ζῶντος θεοῦ τοῦ κατευθύνοντος ἡμῖν τε καὶ τοῖς προγόνοις ἡμῶν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν τῇ καλλίστῃ διαθέσει.

(Est 16:16) to-being then-also to-sons of-the-one of-most-lofteed of-most-great of-lifing-unto of-a-Deity of-the-one of-straightening-down unto-us also and unto-the-ones unto-became-before of-us to-the-one to-a-ruling-of in unto-the-one unto-most-seemly unto-a-placing-through.

(L) ὄντας δὲ καὶ υἱοὺς τοῦ μόνου θεοῦ καὶ ἀληθινοῦ, τοῦ κατευθύναντος ἡμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν μέχρι τοῦ νῦν ἐν τῇ καλλίστῃ διαθέσει.

to-being then-also and to-sons of-the-one of-stayeed of-a-Deity and of-un-seluded-belonged-to, of-the-one of-straightening-down unto-us to-the-one to-a-ruling-of unto-lest-whilst of-the-one now in unto-the-one unto-most-seemly unto-a-placing-through.

(L) ὄντας δέ] ον 93 | κατευθυνοντος 319 = ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est E:17 (Est 16:17) καλῶς οὖν ποιήσετε μὴ προσχρησάμενοι τοῖς ὑπὸ Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου ἀποσταλεῖσι γράμμασιν,

(Est 16:17) Unto-seemly accordingly ye-shall-do-unto lest having-toward-afforded-unto unto-the-ones under of-a-Haman of-an-Amadathos unto-having-had-been-set-off unto-scribings-to,

(L) καλῶς οὖν ποιήσατε μὴ προσέχοντες τοῖς προαπεσταλμένοις ὑμῖν ὑπὸ Ἁμαν γράμμασιν

Unto-seemly accordingly ye-did-unto lest holding-toward unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-set-off-before unto-ye under of-a-Haman unto-scribings-to,

(L) ποιησειτε 93; ποιησεται 319 : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est E:18 (Est 16:18) διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν τὸν ταῦτα ἐξεργασάμενον πρὸς ταῖς Σούσων πύλαις ἐσταυρῶσθαι σὺν τῇ πανοικίᾳ, τὴν καταξίαν τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐπικρατοῦντος θεοῦ διὰ τάχους ἀποδόντος αὐτῷ κρίσιν·

(Est 16:18) through to-the-one to-it to-the-one to-the-ones-these to-having-out-worked-to toward unto-the-ones of-Sousa' unto-gates to-be-en-staked together unto-the-one unto-an-all-housing-unto, to-the-one to-deem-belonged-down of-the-one to-the-ones to-all of-securing-upon-unto of-Deity through of-a-quickeedness of-having-had-given-off unto-it to-a-separating;

E:18 δια 1°] pr ν ℵ* (improb ν ℵ?) | om τον ℵ* (superscr ℵc.a) A | τα παντα] om τα ℵ* (superscr τα ℵc.a)

(L) διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργασάμενον πρὸς ταῖς Σούσων πύλαις ἐσταυρῶσθαι ἀποδεδωκότος αὐτῷ τὴν καταξίαν δίκην τοῦ τὰ πάντα κατοπτεύοντος ἀεὶ κριτοῦ.

through to-the-one to-it to-the-one to-the-ones to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these to-having-worked-to toward unto-the-ones of-Sousa' unto-gates to-be-en-staked of-having-had-come-to-give-off unto-it to-the-one to-deem-belonged-down to-a-coursing of-the-one to-the-ones to-all of-beholding-down-of ever-if of-a-separater.

(L) om τόν 108* : cf ο´ (app) | ἐργασάμενον] ειρημενον 19´; βουλημενον 319 | αποδεδοκωτας 93

(462 B.C.)

Est E:19 (Est 16:19) τὸ δὲ ἀντίγραφον τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ταύτης ἐκθέντες ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ μετὰ παρρησίας, ἐᾷν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἑαυτῶν νομίμοις,

(Est 16:19) to-the-one then-also to-ever-a-one-scribed of-the-one of-a-seteeing-upon of-the-one-this having-had-placed-out in unto-all unto-an-occasion with of-an-all-uttering-unto, if-ever to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-afford-unto unto-the-ones of-selves unto-parcelee-belonged-unto,

E:19 εκθεντες] εκτεθεντος ℵ* (εκθεντες ℵc.a) εκτεθεντες A | εαν] αν ℵ* (εαν ℵc.a) | νομιμοις] νομοις ℵ A

(L) ἐκτεθήτω δὲ τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ χρῆσθαί τε τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοῖς ἑαυτῶν νόμοις

It-should-have-been-placed-out then-also the-one ever-a-one-scribed of-the-one of-a-seteeing-upon in unto-all unto-an-occasion to-afford-unto also to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged unto-the-ones of-selves unto-parcelees,

(462 B.C.)

Est E:20 (Est 16:20) καὶ συνεπισχύειν αὐτοῖς ὅπως τοὺς ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως ἐπιθεμένους αὐτοῖς ἀμύνωνται τῇ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ δωδεκάτου μηνὸς Ἀδὰρ τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ·

(Est 16:20) and to-force-hold-upon-together unto-them unto-which-whither to-the-ones in unto-a-time of-a-pressure to-having-had-placed-upon unto-them they-might-heeden unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-two-tenth of-a-month of-an-Adar unto-the-one unto-it unto-a-dayedness;

Note: they-might-heeden : from Greek ANUMW; Active voice is to give heed, i.e. come to aid or defense, Middle voice is to cause the Object to heed to the purpose of the Subject, i.e. to various degrees of purpose from fending off to avenging upon, etc.

Note: unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-two-tenth of-a-month of-an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

E:20 om αυτοις 2° ℵ* (superscr ℵc.a) | μυνωνται A* (αμ. A1 fort)

(L) καὶ ἐπισχύειν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως τοὺς ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως ἐπιθεμένους ἀμύνωνται. ἐκρίθη δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν Ἰουδαίων ἄγειν τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην τοῦ μηνός, ὅς ἐστιν Ἀδαρ, καὶ τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἑορτάσαι,

and to-force-hold-upon unto-them unto-which-whither to-the-ones in unto-a-time of-a-pressure to-having-had-placed-upon they-might-heeden. It-was-separated then-also under of-the-ones down to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-Iouda-belonged to-lead to-the-one to-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month, which it-be an-Adar, and unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth to-have-feasted-to,

Note: to-the-one to-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month, which it-be an-Adar, and unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

(L) τῇ πεντεκ.] την πεντεκαιδεκατην 93´

(462 B.C.)

Est E:21 (Est 16:21) ταύτην γὰρ ὁ πάντα δυναστεύων θεὸς ἀντ' ὀλεθρίας τοῦ ἐκλεκτοῦ γένους ἐποίησεν αὐτοῖς εὐφροσύνην.

(Est 16:21) to-the-one-this too-thus the-one to-all abling-of a-Deity ever-a-one of-a-destructing-unto of-the-one of-forthed-out of-a-becomeedness it-did-unto unto-them to-a-goodly-centeringedness.

E:21 ταυτη ℵ* (ταυτην ℵc.a) A | om γαρ ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ο παντα] επι παντα A | ολεθρειας ℵ | ευφροσυνην] pr εις ℵc.a

(L) ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ἐποίησεν αὐτοῖς σωτηρίαν καὶ εὐφροσύνην.

to-which-a-one in unto-them the-one an-All-Securer it-did-unto unto-them to-a-savioring-unto and to-a-goodly-centeringedness.

(L) εὐφροσύνην] σωφροσυνην 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est E:22 (Est 16:22) καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν ἐν ταῖς ἐπωνύμοις ὑμῶν ἑορταῖς ἐπίσημον ἡμέραν μετὰ πάσης εὐωχίας ἄγετε,

(Est 16:22) And ye accordingly in unto-the-ones unto-named-upon of-ye unto-festivals to-signified-upon to-a-dayedness with of-all of-a-goodly-holding-unto ye-should-lead,

E:22 υμεις] ημις ℵ*vid (υμις ℵc.a) | ουν] ου A | om υμων εορταις A | ημερας ℵ* (-ραν ℵc.a)

(462 B.C.)

Est E:23 (Est 16:23) ὅπως καὶ νῦν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα σωτηρία ἡμῖν καὶ τοῖς εὐνοοῦσιν Πέρσαις, τοῖς δὲ ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν μνημόσυνον τῆς ἀπωλείας.

(Est 16:23) unto-which-whither and now and with to-the-ones-these a-savioring-unto unto-ye and unto-the-ones unto-goodly-considering-unto unto-Persians, unto-the-ones then-also unto-us unto-purposing-upon-of a-remembrance of-the-one of-a-destructing-off-of.

E:23 σωτηρια ημιν και τοις ευνοουσιν Περσαις] σωτ. υμιν και τοις ευνοουσῑ| Π. ℵ* σωτ. μεν των ευνοουντων τοις Π. ℵc.b σωτ. μεν υμων κ. των ευνοουντων τοις Π. A | τοις δε ημιν επιβουλευουσιν] των δε τουτοις ειπβουλευσαντων A | απωλιας ℵ

(L) καὶ νῦν μετὰ ταῦτα σωτηρίαν μὲν εὖ ποιοῦσι τοῖς Πέρσαις, τῶν δὲ ἐπιβουλευσάντων μνημόσυνον τῆς ἀπωλείας.

and now with to-the-ones-these to-a-savioring-unto indeed goodly unto-doing-unto unto-the-ones unto-Persians, of-the-ones then-also of-having-purposed-upon-of to-a-remembrance of-the-one of-a-destructing-off-of.

(L) μετά] pr και 93´ = ο´ | σωτηρια 319

(462 B.C.)

Est E:24 (Est 16:24) πᾶσα δὲ πόλις ἢ χώρα τὸ σύνολον ἥτις κατὰ ταῦτα μὴ ποιήσῃ, δόρατι καὶ πυρὶ καταναλωθήσεται μετ' ὀργῆς· οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώποις ἄβατος, ἀλλὰ καὶ θηρίοις καὶ πετεινοῖς εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ἔχθιστος κατασταθήσεται.

(Est 16:24) All then-also a-city or a-spacedness to-the-one to-together-whole which-a-one down to-the-ones-these lest it-might-have-done-unto, unto-a-shank and unto-a-fire it-shall-be-other-alonged-up-down with of-a-stressing; not to-stayeed unto-mankinds un-stepped, other and unto-beastlets and unto-flying-belonged-to into to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while most-enmitied it-shall-be-stood-down.

(L) ἡ δὲ πόλις καὶ ἡ χώρα, ἥτις κατὰ ταῦτα μὴ ποιήσαι, δόρατι καὶ πυρὶ καταναλωθήσεται μετ' ὀργῆς καὶ οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώποις ἄβατος, ἀλλὰ καὶ θηρίοις καὶ πετεινοῖς ἐκταθήσεται.

The-one then-also a-city and the-one a-spacedness, which-a-one down to-the-ones-these lest to-have-done-unto, unto-a-shank and unto-a-fire it-shall-be-other-alonged-up-down with of-a-stressing and not to-stayeed unto-mankinds un-stepped, other and unto-beasts and unto-flying-belonged-to it-shall-be-stretched-out.

(L) om ἡ 2° 93 : cf ο´ | μή] ου 93 | ποιησει 93´ : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:13 τὰ δὲ ἀντίγραφα ἐκτιθέσθωσαν ὀφθαλμοφανῶς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ, ἑτοίμους τε εἶναι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους εἰς ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν πολεμῆσαι αὐτῶν τοὺς ὑπεναντίους.

The-ones then-also ever-a-one-scribed they-should-have-been-placed-out unto-eye-manifested in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of, to-readied-of also to-be to-all to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged into to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-have-warred-unto of-them to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in-under.

8:13 αντιγραφα] + της επιστολης ℵc.a | εκτιθεσθωσαν] εκτιθεσθω ℵ εκτεθεισθω A | βασιλια ℵ | τε] δε A

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:14 Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἱππεῖς ἐξῆλθον σπεύδοντες τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως λεγόμενα ἐπιτελεῖν· ἐξετέθη δὲ τὸ πρόσταγμα καὶ ἐν Σούσοις.

The-ones indeed accordingly horsers-of they-had-came-out hastening to-the-ones under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-being-forthed to-finish-upon-unto; it-was-placed-out then-also the-one an-arranging-toward-to and in unto-Sousa'.

(L) Ἐξετέθη δὲ καὶ ἐν Σούσοις ἔκθεμα περιέχον τάδε, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐνεχείρισε τῷ Μαρδοχαίῳ γράφειν ὅσα βούλεται. ἀπέστειλε δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος διὰ γραμμάτων καὶ ἐσφραγίσατο τῷ τοῦ βασιλέως δακτυλίῳ μένειν τὸ ἔθνος αὐτοῦ κατὰ χώρας ἕκαστον αὐτῶν καὶ ἑορτάζειν τῷ θεῷ. ἡ δὲ ἐπιστολή, ἣν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος, ἦν ἔχουσα ταῦτα Ἁμαν ἀπέστειλεν ὑμῖν γράμματα ἔχοντα οὕτως Ἔθνος Ἰουδαίων ἀπειθὲς σπουδάσατε ταχέως ἀναπέμψαι μοι εἰς ἀπώλειαν. ἐγὼ δὲ ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος μηνύω ὑμῖν τὸν ταῦτα ἐργασάμενον πρὸς ταῖς Σούσων πύλαις κεκρεμάσθαι καὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ διακεχειρίσθαι· οὗτος γὰρ ἐβούλετο ἀποκτεῖναι ἡμᾶς τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνός, ὅς ἐστιν Ἀδαρ.

It-was-placed-out then-also and in unto-Sousa' to-a-placing-out-to to-holding-about to-the-ones-then-also, and the-one a-ruler-of it-handed-in-to unto-the-one unto-a-Mardochaios to-scribe to-which-a-which it-purposeth. It-set-off then-also, a-Mardochaios, through of-scribings-to and it-sealed-to unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-digit-belonged to-stay to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it down to-spacednesses to-each of-them and to-festival-to unto-the-one unto-a-Deity. The-one then-also a-seteeing-upon, to-which it-set-off, the-one a-Mardochaios, it-was holding to-the-ones-these, A-Haman it-set-off unto-ye to-letters to-holding unto-the-one-this, To-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-Iouda-belonged to-un-suringed ye-should-have-hasteneed-to unto-quick to-have-volleyed-up unto-me into to-a-destructing-off-of. I then-also the-one a-Mardochaios I-en-memory unto-ye to-the-one to-the-ones-these to-having-worked-to toward unto-the-ones of-Sousa' unto-gates to-have-had-come-to-be-hung-unto, and to-the-one to-a-house of-it to-have-had-come-to-be-handed-through-to; the-one-this too-thus it-was-purposing to-have-killed-off to-us unto-the-one unto-third and unto-tenth of-the-one of-a-month, which it-be an-Adar.

Note: unto-the-one unto-third and unto-tenth of-the-one of-a-month, which it-be an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

(L) τρίτῃ καὶ δεκάτῃ] τρισκαιδεκατη 93´ : cf ο´ E 20 | ὅς] ο 93 : cf ο´ 216

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:15 ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐξῆλθεν ἐστολισμένος τὴν βασιλικὴν στολὴν καὶ στέφανον ἔχων χρυσοῦν καὶ διάδημα βύσσινον πορφυροῦν· ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Σούσοις ἐχάρησαν.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios it-had-came-out having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to to-the-one to-ruler-belonged-of to-a-seteeing and to-a-wreath holding to-golden and to-a-binding-through-to to-linened-belonged-to to-flushened; having-had-seen then-also, the-ones in unto-Sousa', they-had-been-joyed.

Note: being-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

Note: to-flushened : used of flushing waves or a-rushering-to, of a flush of death in a battle, of a flush of color mainly in the bright red to blueish-red category because of its visual affect but also of rainbows, of flushed skin, etc.

(L) καὶ ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος ἐξῆλθεν ἐστολισμένος τὴν βασιλικὴν ἐσθῆτα καὶ διάδημα βύσσινον περιπόρφυρον· ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Σούσοις ἐχάρησαν.

And the-one a-Mardochaios it-had-came-out having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to to-the-one to-ruler-belonged-of to-a-clothing and to-a-binding-through-to to-linened-belonged-to to-flushed-about; having-had-seen then-also, the-ones in unto-Sousa', they-had-been-joyed.

Note: having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

Note: to-flushed-about : concerning the edges of a garment, the flush of color mainly in the bright red to blueish-red category because of its visual affect.

(L) ἐσθῆτα] + και στεφανον χρυσουν 93´ = ο´ | ἰδόντες] ειδοντες 108; ειδοτες 19

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:16 τοῖς δὲ Ἰουδαίοις ἐγένετο φῶς καὶ εὐφροσύνη

Unto-the-ones then-also unto-Iouda-belonged it-had-became a-light and a-goodly-centeringedness

8:16 τοις δε Ιουδαιοις] οτι τοις Ιουδ. A | ευφροσυνη] + κ αγαλλιαμα κ τιμη ℵc.a

(L) καὶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐγένετο φῶς, πότος, κώθων.

And unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged it-had-became a-light, a-drinkation, a-decantering.

Note: a-decantering : used to refer to opening and pouring wine and liquor, of a certain Laconean drinking vessel, of drinking banquets, of a harbor as a spill off, etc., by implication drinking large amounts.

(L) om ἐγένετο 319 | πότος] pr και 319 | κώθων] τω κω̅ (κω̅ τω 108) θω̅ 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est 8:17 κατὰ πόλιν καὶ χώραν οὗ ἂν ἐξετέθη τὸ πρόσταγμα, οὗ ἂν ἐξετέθη τὸ ἔκθεμα· χαρὰ καὶ εὐφροσύνη τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, κώθων καὶ εὐφροσύνη· καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν περιετέμοντο καὶ ἰουδάιζον διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

down to-a-city and to-a-spacedness of-which ever it-was-placed-out the-one an-arranging-toward-to, of-which ever it-was-placed the-one a-placing-out-to; a-joyedness and a-goodly-centeringedness unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged, a-decantering and a-goodly-centeringedness; and much of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to they-had-cut-about and they-were-Iouda-belonging through to-the-one to-a-fearee of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged.

Note: they-were-Iouda-belonging (IOUDAIZW) : not an -IZW form; the Verb is actually IOUDAIW with a Z added to avoid confusion with the Dative case of IOUDAIOS.

(L) καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων περιετέμνοvτο, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπανέστη αὐτοῖς· ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ αὐτούς.

And much of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged they-were-cutting-about, and not-then-also-one it-had-stood-up-upon unto-them; they-were-feareeing-unto too-thus to-them.

(L) περιετεμοντο 93´ = ο´ | om αὐτούς 93

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:1 Ἐν γὰρ τῷ δωδεκάτῳ μηνὶ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνός, ὅς ἐστιν Ἀδάρ, παρῆν τὰ γράμματα τὰ γραφέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως.

In too-thus unto-the-one unto-two-tenth unto-a-month unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month, which it-be an-Adar, it-was-being-beside the-ones scribings-to the-ones having-been-scribed under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

Note: unto-the-one unto-two-tenth unto-a-month unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month, which it-be an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

9:1 τεσσαρεσκ|δεκατη ℵ* (τρισκ|δεκ. ℵc.a) | ος] ο ℵ* (ος ℵc.a) | βασιλωες] + κ το δογμα αυτου ποιησαι ℵc.a mg

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:2 ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀπώλοντο οἱ ἀντικείμενοι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀντέστη, φοβούμενος αὐτούς.

In unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness they-had-destructed-off, the-ones ever-a-one-situating unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged; not-then-also-one too-thus it-had-ever-a-one-stood, feareeing-unto to-them.

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:3 οἱ γὰρ ἄρχοντες τῶν σατραπῶν καὶ οἱ τύραννοι καὶ οἱ βασιλικοὶ γραμματεῖς ἐτίμων τοὺς Ἰουδαίους· ὁ γὰρ φόβος Μαρδοχαίου ἐνέκειτο αὐτοῖς.

The-ones too-thus firsting of-the-ones of-provincers and the-ones tyrants and the-ones ruler-belonged-of scribing-toers-of they-were-valuating-unto to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged; the-one too-thus a-fearee of-a-Mardochaios it-was-situating-in unto-them.

(L) Οἱ δὲ ἄρχοντες καὶ οἱ τύραννοι καὶ οἱ σατράπαι καὶ οἱ βασιλικοὶ γραμματεῖς ἐτίμων τοὺς Ἰουδαίους· ὁ γὰρ φόβος Μαρδοχαίου ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ' αὐτούς.

The-ones then-also firsting and the-ones tyrants and the-ones provincers and the-ones ruler-belonged-of letterers-of they-were-valuating-unto to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged; the-one too-thus a-fearee of-a-Mardochaios it-had-fallen-upon upon to-them.

(L) ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς] αυτοις 93 : cf ο´

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:4 προσέπεσεν γὰρ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως ὀνομασθῆναι ἐν πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ.

It-had-fallen-toward too-thus, the-one an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, to-have-been-named-to in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of.

9:4 προσεπεσεν] επεπεσεν ℵc.a | βασιλια ℵ

(L) καὶ προσέπεσεν ἐν Σούσοις ὀνομασθῆναι Ἁμαν καὶ τοὺς ἀντικειμένους ἐν πάσῃ βασιλείᾳ.

And it-had-fallen-toward in unto-Sousa' to-have-been-named-to to-a-Haman and to-the-ones to-ever-a-one-situating in unto-all unto-a-ruling-of.

(L) προσεπεσον 93 | ὀνομασθῆναι] οι ηθρυσθησαν 93

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:6 καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει ἀπέκτειναν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἄνδρας πεντακοσίους,

And in unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-city they-killed-off, the-ones Iouda-belonged, to-men to-five-hundred;

9:6 αυτη τη πολει] Σουσοις ℵ* Σ. τη πολει ℵc.a mg infA | om απεκτειναν ℵ* (hab απεκτιναν ℵc.a mg inf) | Ιουδαιοι] + κ απωλεσαν ℵc.a | πεντακοσιους] φÆ ℵ

(L) καὶ ἀπέκτεινον ἐν Σούσοις οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἄνδρας ἑπτακοσίους

And they-had-killed-off in unto-Sousa', the-ones Iouda-belonged, to-men to-seven-hundred,

Note: they-had-killed-off (APEKTEINON) : if not an error for APEKTEINAN, then this is V-2AAI-3P, which follows the pattern in many other Verbs with -an(1st Aorist)/-on(2nd Aorist) endings; V-IAI-3P would be APEKTENNON, not to mention the Imperfect can not be correct in this context.

(L) ἐν] pr οι 93´

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:7 τόν τε Φαρσὰν καὶ Νεσταὶν καὶ Δελφὼν καὶ Φασγὰ

to-the-one also to-a-Farsa, and to-a-Nestain and to-a-Delfôn and to-a-Fasga

9:7 Φαρσαν και Νεσταιν] Φαρσαννεσταν ℵ*vid Φαρσαννεσταιν ℵc.a Φαρσανεσταν· A | Δελφων] αδελφων ℵ* τον Δελφων ℵc.a | Φασγα Bℵc.a] Φιαγα ℵ*vid Φαγα A

(L) καὶ τόν Φαρσὰν καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν Φαρνὰ

and to-the-one to-a-Farsa and to-the-one to-brethrened of-it and to-the-one to-a-Farna

(L) Φαρνα] αφαρναρ 93´

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:8 καὶ Φαραδάθα καὶ Βαρσὰ καὶ Σαρβαχὰ

and to-a-Faradatha and to-a-Barsa and to-a-Sarbacha

9:8 Φαραδαθα] Φαρααθα ℵ Βαρδαθα A | Βαρσα] Βαρελ ℵ A

(L) καὶ τὸν Γαγαφαρδάθα

and to-the-one to-a-Gagafardatha

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:9 καὶ Μαρμασιμὰ καὶ Ῥουφαῖον καὶ Ἀρσαῖον καὶ Ζαβουθαῖον,

and to-a-Marmasima and to-a-Roufaios and to-an-Arsaios and to-a-Zabouthaios,

(L) καὶ τὸν Μαρμασαιμὰ καὶ τὸν Ἰζαθοὺθ

and to-the-one to-a-Marmasaima and to-the-one to-an-Izathouth

(L) ιζαθωυθ 108* (vid)

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:10 τοὺς δέκα υἱοὺς Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου Βουγαίου τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ διήρπασαν

to-the-ones to-ten to-sons of-a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos of-Boug-belonged of-the-one of-en-enmitied of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged, and they-through-snatched-to

9:10 Αμαναδαθου ℵ* (Αμαδ. ℵ?) Αμαθαδου A | Βουγαιου (βουδεου ℵ* -γεου ℵc.a)] pr του A | του] των τους ℵ* om των et fort ras ς ℵ? | Ιουδαων] + απεκτιναν ℵc.a | διηρπασαν] pr απεκτειναν και A

(L) καὶ τοὺς δέκα υἱοὺς Ἁμὰν Αμαδάθου τοῦ Βουγαίου τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ διήρπασαν πάντα τὰ αὐτῶν.

and to-the-ones to-ten to-sons of-a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos of-the-one of-Boug-belonged of-the-one of-en-enmitied of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged, and they-through-snatched-to to-all to-the-ones of-them.

(L) om τοῦ 1° 93´ = ο´ | βογαιου 319

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:11 ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ· ἐπεδόθη τε ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἐν Σούσοις.

in unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness; it-was-given-upon also the-one a-number unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-destruct-off in unto-Sousa'.

9:11 om τε ℵc.aA | ο αριθμος] om ο A | Σουσοις] + τη πολει ℵc.a

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:12 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς πρὸς Ἐσθήρ Ἀπώλεσαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐν Σούσοις τῇ πόλει ἄνδρας πεντακοσίους· ἐν δὲ τῇ περιχώρῳ πῶς οἴει ἐχρήσαντο; τί οὖν ἀξιοῖς ἔτι καὶ ἔσται σοι;

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, toward to-an-Esthêr, They-destructed-off, the-ones Iouda-belonged, in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-a-city to-men to-five-hundred; in then-also unto-the-one unto-spaced-about unto-whither thou-which-belong they-afforded-unto? To-what-one accordingly thou-en-deem-belong if-to-a-one it-shall-be unto-thee?

(L) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ Ἐσθήρ Πῶς σοι οἱ ἐνταῦθα καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ περιχώρῳ κέχρηνται;

And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one unto-an-Esthêr, Unto-whither unto-thee the-ones in-unto-the-ones-these and the-ones in unto-the-one unto-spaced-about they-had-come-to-afford-unto?

(L) Πῶς σοι] ποσοι 319 | οἱ ἐνταῦθα] ενταυτα η 19´ | om οἱ 2° 93 | περιχώρῳ] περιοικω 319 | κεχρηται 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:13 καὶ εἶπεν Ἐσθὴρ τῷ βασιλεῖ Δοθήτω τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χρῆσθαι ὡσαύτως τὴν αὔριον, ὥστε τοὺς δέκα υἱοὺς κρεμάσαι Ἁμάν.

And it-had-said, an-Esthêr, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, It-should-have-been-given unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged to-afford-unto as-unto-it to-the-one to-morrow, as-also to-the-ones to-ten to-sons to-have-hung-unto of-a-Haman.

9:13 χρησθαι] χρηστε ℵ* χρησασθαι ℵc.a | την αυριον] τη αυρ. ℵc.a | om δεκα A | κρεμασαι Αμαν] κρεμασθηναι Αμαν επι ξυλου ℵc.a Αμαν κρεμασθηναι A

(L) καὶ εἶπεν Ἐσθὴρ Δοθήτω τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις οὓς ἐὰν θέλωσιν ἀνελεῖν καὶ διαρπάζειν. καὶ συνεχώρησεν.

And it-had-said, an-Esthêr, It-should-have-been-given unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged to-which if-ever they-might-have-determined to-shall-have-had-sectioned-up and to-through-snatch-to. And it-spaced-together-unto.

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:14 καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν οὕτως γενέσθαι, καὶ ἐξέθηκε τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τῆς πόλεως τὰ σώματα τῶν υἱῶν Ἁμὰν κρεμάσαι.

And it-turned-upon unto-the-one-this to-have-had-became, and it-placed-out unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged of-the-one of-a-city to-the-ones to-en-capsulings-to of-the-ones of-a-sons of-a-Haman to-have-hung-unto.

9:14 om και επετρεψεν ουτως γενεσθαι A | επεστρεψεν ℵ* (επετρ. ℵ?) | ουτω ℵ | εξεθηκε] επεθηκεν ℵ* (εξεθηκεν ℵc.a) | om της πολεως τα σωματα ℵ* (hab ℵc.a mg)

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:15 καὶ συνήχθησαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐν Σούσοις τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ Ἀδὰρ καὶ ἀπέκτειναν ἄνδρας τριακοσίους, καὶ οὐδὲν διήρπασαν.

And they-were-led-together the-ones Iouda-belonged in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-an-Adar and the-killed-off to-men to-three-hundred, and to-not-then-also-one they-through-snatched-to.

Note: unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-an-Adar : Nisan moon calendar; in ___ B.C. __ days difference from Abib sun calendar.

9:15 Σουσοις] ουσοις sup ras Aa | τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατη (τεσσαρισκαιδ. Ba? b item 17, 19, 21)] τρισκαιδεκατη ℵc.a | Αδαρ] μηνος ℵ* Αδαρ μηνος ℵc.a | απεκτειναν] + οι Ιουδαιοι εν Σουσοις ℵc.a mg | ουδεν] ουθεν A

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:16 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἱ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ συνήχθησαν καὶ ἑαυτοῖς ἐβοήθουν, καὶ ἀνεπαύσαντο ἀπὸ τῶν πολεμίων· ἀπώλεσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν μυρίους πεντακισχιλίους τῇ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ Ἀδάρ, καὶ οὐδὲν διήρπασαν.

The-ones then-also remaindered of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of they-were-led-together and unto-selves they-were-holler-running-unto, and they-ceased-up off of-the-ones of-war-belonged; they-destructed-off too-thus of-them to-myriaded to-five-oft-thousand unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-an-Adar, and to-not-then-also-one they-through-snatched-to.

Note: to-myriaded : when context infers a definite number refers to ten thousand.

(L) καὶ ἀπώλεσαν μυριάδας ἑπτὰ καὶ ἑκατὸν ἄνδρας.

And they-destructed-off to-myriads to-seven and to-a-hundred to-men.

(L) μυριάδας] + μυριαδας 19

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:17 καὶ ἀνεπαύσαντο τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μηνός, καὶ ἦγον αὐτὴν ἡμέραν ἀναπαύσεως μετὰ χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης.

And they-ceased-up unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-it of-a-month, and they-were-leading to-it to-a-dayedness of-a-ceasing-up with of-a-joyedness and of-a-goodly-centeringedness.

Note: unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-it of-a-month : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

9:17 om ανεπαυσαντο A | αυτου του μηνος ℵ | και 2°] pr και ουδεν διηρπασαν και ανεπαυσαντο τη τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατη του αυτου μηνος A | ημεραν] pr την ℵ

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:18 οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ἐν Σούσοις τῇ πόλει συνήχθησαν καὶ τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ καὶ οὐκ ἀνεπαύσαντο· ἦγον δὲ καὶ τὴν πεντεκαιδεκάτην μετὰ χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης.

The-ones then-also Iouda-belonged the-ones in unto-Sousa' unto-the-one unto-a-city they-were-led-together and unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth and not they-ceased-up; they-were-leading then-also and to-the-one to-five-and-tenth with of-a-joyedness and of-a-goodly-centering.

Note: unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth ... to-the-one to-five-and-tenth : Nisan moon calendar; in 462 B.C. +1 day difference from Abib sun calendar.

9:18 οι εν Σουσοις] om οι A | om τη πολει ℵ*vid (hab τη πολι ℵc.a mg) | συνηχθησαν] + τη γÆ και ιÆ του αυτου ℵc.a mg | τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατη (τεσσαρισκαιδ. Bbc (fort))] + του αυτου ℵc.a mg | om και ουκ ℵ* c.b (hab ℵc.a) A | τη πεντεκαιδεκατη ℵ* (την πεντεκαιδεκατην ℵc.a)

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:19 διὰ τοῦτο οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ διεσπαρμένοι ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ τῇ ἔξω ἄγουσιν τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην τοῦ Ἀδὰρ ἡμέραν ἀγαθὴν μετ' εὐφροσύνης, ἀποστέλλοντες μερίδας ἕκαστος τῷ πλησίον. οἱ δὲ κατοικοῦντες ἐν ταῖς μητροπόλεσιν καὶ τὴν ε´ καὶ ι´ τοῦ Ἀδὰρ εὐφροσύνην ἀγαθὴν ἄγουσιν ἐξαποστέλλοντες μερίδας καὶ τοῖς πλησίον.

Through to-the-one-this accordingly the-ones Iouda-belonged the-ones having-hath-had-come-to-be-whorled-through in unto-all unto-a-spacedness unto-the-one out-unto-which they-leadeth to-the-one to-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-an-Adar to-a-dayedness to-excess-placed with of-a-goodly-centeringedness, setting-off to-portions each unto-the-one to-nigh-belonged. The-ones then-also housing-down-unto in unto-the-ones unto-mother-cities and to-the-one to-five and to-tenth of-the-one of-an-Adar to-a-goodly-centeringedness to-excess-placed they-leadeth setting-off-out to-portions and unto-the-ones to-nigh-belonged.

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:20 Ἔγραψεν δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος τοὺς λόγους τούτους εἰς βιβλίον, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλεν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐν τῇ Ἀρταξέρξου βασιλείᾳ, τοῖς ἐγγὺς καὶ τοῖς μακράν,

It-scribed then-also, a-Mardochaios, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these into to-a-paperlet, and it-set-off-out unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged which-a-which they-were in unto-the-one of-an-Artaxerxês unto-a-ruling-of, unto-the-ones to-neared and unto-the-ones to-en-longed,

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

9:20 τους] τουτ incep ℵ* | εξαπεστειλεν] απεστειλεν A | οσοι ησαν] οι εισιν ℵc.aA | βασιλια ℵ

(L) Ἔγραψε δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος τοὺς λόγους τούτους εἰς βιβλίον καὶ ἐξαπέστειλε τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἳ ἦσαν ἐν τῇ Ἀσσυήρου βασιλείᾳ, τοῖς μακρὰν καὶ τοῖς ἐγγύς,

It-scribed then-also, a-Mardochaios, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these into to-a-paperlet, and it-set-off-out unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged which they-were in unto-the-one of-an-Assuêros unto-a-ruling-of, unto-the-ones to-en-longed and unto-the-ones to-neared,

Note: of-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) τους ιουδαιους 19´ (108* vid) | om τῇ 93 | Ασσυήρου 319] ξερξου 19´; αρξερξου 93 : cf 52

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:21 στῆσαι τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας ἀγαθάς, ἄγειν τε τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην καὶ τὴν πεντεκαιδεκάτην τοῦ Ἀδάρ·

to-have-stood to-the-ones to-dayednesses to-the-ones-these to-excess-placed, to-lead also to-the-one to-four-and-tenth and to-the-one to-five-and-tenth of-the-one of-an-Adar;

9:21 om τε A | τη τεσσεαρεσκαιδεκατη (sic) ℵ* (την τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατην ℵc.a) + του μηνος Αδαρ ℵc.a (mg) | πεντεκαιδεκατην] ημεραν πεμπτην και δεκατην ℵc.a | του Αδαρ] του Αγαρ ℵ* (Αδ. ℵc.a) om A

(L) στῆσαι τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας εἰς ὕμνους καὶ εὐφροσύνας ἀντὶ ὀδυνῶν καὶ πένθους, τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην καὶ τὴν πεντεκαιδεκάτην.

to-have-stood to-the-ones to-dayednesses to-the-ones-these to-excess-placed, into to-hymns and to-goodly-centeringednesses ever-a-one of-anguishes and of-a-grieveedness, to-the-one to-four-and-tenth and to-the-one to-five-and-tenth.

(L) στησας 93 : cf ο´ (app) | πενθων 19 | τήν 1° — fin] τη τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατη και τη πεντεκαιδεκατη 93 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:22 ἐν γὰρ ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἀνεπαύσαντο οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτῶν· καὶ τὸν μῆνα ἐν ᾧ ἐστράφη αὐτοῖς, ὃς ἦν Ἀδάρ, ἀπὸ πένθους εἰς χαρὰν καὶ ἀπὸ ὀδύνης εἰς ἀγαθὴν ἡμέραν, ἄγειν ὅλον ἀγαθὰς ἡμέρας γάμων καὶ εὐφροσύνης, ἐξαποστέλλοντας μερίδας τοῖς φίλοις καὶ τοῖς πτωχοῖς.

in too-thus unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses they-ceased-up, the-ones Iouda-belonged, off of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-them; and to-the-one to-a-month in unto-which it-had-been-beturned unto-them, which it-was an-Adar, off of-grieveedness into to-a-joyedness and off of-an-anguish into to-excess-placed to-a-dayedness, to-lead to-whole to-excess-placed to-dayednesses of-marriages and of-a-goodly-centeringedness, to-setting-off-out to-portions unto-the-ones unto-cared and unto-the-ones unto-beggared.

(L) καὶ ἀπέστειλε μερίδας τοῖς πένησιν, καὶ προσεδέξαντο.

And it-set-off to-portions unto-the-ones unto-necessitatinged, and they-received-toward.

(L) πένησιν] παισι 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:23 καὶ προσεδέξαντο οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καθὼς ἔγραψεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Μαρδοχαῖος,

And they-received-toward, the-ones Iouda-belonged, down-as it-scribed unto-them, the-one a-Mardochaios,

9:23 ο Μαρδοχαιος] om ο A

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:24 πῶς Ἁμὰν Ἁμαδάθου ὁ Μακεδὼν ἐπολέμει αὐτούς, καθὼς ἔθετο ψήφισμα καὶ κλῆρον ἀφανίσαι αὐτούς,

unto-whither a-Haman of-a-Hamadathos the-one a-Makedian it-was-warring-unto to-them, down-as it-had-placed to-a-pebbling-to and to-a-lot to-have-un-manifested-to to-them,

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:25 καὶ ὡς εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα λέγων κρεμάσαι τὸν Μαρδοχαῖον· ὅσα δὲ ἐπεχείρησεν ἐπάξαι ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους κακὰ ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἐγένοντο, καὶ ἐκρεμάσθη αὐτὸς καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ.

and as it-had-came-out toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of forthing to-have-hung-unto to-the-one to-a-Mardochaios; to-which-a-which then-also it-handed-upon-unto to-have-led-upon upon to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-wedge-wedged, upon to-it they-had-became, and it-was-hung-to it and the-ones creationees of-it.

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:26 διὰ τοῦτο ἐπεκλήθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι αὗται Φρουραὶ διὰ τοὺς κλήρους, ὅτι τῇ διαλέκτῳ αὐτῶν καλοῦνται Φρουραί, διὰ τοὺς λόγους τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ταύτης, καὶ ὅσα πεπόνθασιν διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὅσα αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο

Through to-the-one-this they-were-called-upon-unto the-ones dayednesses the-ones-these Frourai' through to-the-ones to-lots, to-which-a-one unto-the-one unto-forthed-through of-them they-were-called-unto Frourai', through to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-seteeing-upon of-the-one-this, and to-which-a-which they-hath-had-come-to-trek through to-the-ones-these and to-which-a-which unto-them it-had-became

Note: Frourai' : probably transliterated from Hebrew, meaning lots; but the word also has a meaning in Greek, wardednesses-before.

(L) διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλήθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι αὗται Φουραια διὰ τοὺς κλήρους τοὺς πεσόντας εἰς τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας εἰς μνημόσυνον.

Through to-the-one-this they-were-called-unto the-ones dayednesses the-ones-these Fouraia' through to-the-ones to-lots to-the-ones to-having-had-fallen into to-the-ones to-dayednesses to-the-ones-these into to-a-remembrance.

Note: Fouraia' : probably transliterated from Hebrew, meaning lots.

(L) Φουραια] Φουρδια 93: cf praef p 101; Φαραια 319; Φουρμαια 19'

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:27 καὶ ἔστησεν· καὶ προσεδέχοντο οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς προστεθειμένοις ἐπ' αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ μὴν ἄλλως χρήσονται. αἱ δὲ ἡμέραι αὗται μνημόσυνον ἐπιτελούμενον κατὰ γενεὰν καὶ γενεὰν καὶ πόλιν καὶ πατριὰν καὶ χώραν.

and it-stood; and they-were-receiving-toward, the-ones Iouda-belonged, upon unto-selves and upon unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-them and upon unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-placed-toward upon of-them, not-then-also unto-indeed unto-other they-shall-afford-unto. The-ones then-also dayednesses the-ones-these a-remembrance being-finished-upon-unto down to-a-becomedness and to-a-becomedness and to-a-city and to-a-fathering and to-a-spacedness.

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:28 αἱ δὲ ἡμέραι αὗται τῶν Φρουραὶ ἀχθήσονται εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον, καὶ τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἐκ τῶν γενεῶν.

The-ones then-also dayednesses the-ones-these of-the-ones of-Frourai' they-shall-be-led into to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while, and the-one a-remembrance of-them not lest it-might-have-had-remaindered-out out of-the-ones of-becomednesses.

Note: of-Frourai' : probably transliterated from Hebrew, meaning lots; but the word also has a meaning in Greek, wardednesses-before.

9:28 των Φρουραι] των Φρουρων ℵ* (-ριμ ℵc.a) του Φρουραι A | αχθησονται] αρθησονται ℵ* (αχθ. ℵ?) | om εις A | εκλειπη A

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:29 καὶ ἔγραψεν Ἐσθὴρ ἡ βασίλισσα θυγάτηρ Ἀμιναδὰβ καὶ Μαρδοχαῖος ὁ Ἰουδαῖος ὅσα ἐποίησαν τό τε στερέωμα τῆς ἐπιστολῆς τῶν Φρουραί.

And it-scribed, an-Esthêr the-one a-ruleress a-daughter of-an-Aminadab and a-Mardochaios the-one Iouda-belonged, to-which-a-which they-did-unto, to-the-one also to-an-en-stabling-to of-the-one of-a-seteeing-upon of-the-ones of-Frourai'.

Note: of-Frourai' : probably transliterated from Hebrew, meaning lots; but the word also has a meaning in Greek, wardednesses-before.

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:30 (Est 9:31) καὶ Μαρδοχαῖος καὶ Ἐσθὴρ ἡ βασίλισσα ἔστησαν ἑαυτοῖς καθ' ἑαυτῶν, καὶ τότε στήσαντες κατὰ τῆς ὑγιείας ἑαυτῶν καὶ τὴν βουλὴν αὐτῶν.

(Est 9:31) And a-Mardochaios and an-Esthêr the-one a-ruleress they-stood unto-selves down of-selves, and to-the-one-which-also having-stood down of-the-one of-a-healthing-of of-selves and to-the-one to-a-purposing of-them.

9:30 Μαρδοχαιος] + οσα εποιησεν το τε στερεωμα της επιστολης ℵ* (unc incl ℵ?) | υγιειας] υγιας ℵ A | εαυτων] αυτων ℵ | την βουλην] om την ℵ* (superscr την ℵc.a) | αυτων] εαυτων A

(462 B.C.)

Est 9:31 (Est 9:32) καὶ Ἐσθὴρ λόγῳ ἔστησεν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἐγράφη εἰς μνημόσυνον.

(Est 9:32) And an-Esthêr unto-a-forthee it-stood into to-the-one to-an-age, and it-had-been-scribed into to-a-remembrance.

9:31 om και 1° ℵ* (supescr ℵc.a) A

(462 B.C.)

Est 10:1 Ἔγραψεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τῆς γῆς καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης.

It-scribed then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, upon to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-the-one of-a-soil and of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness.

10:1 δε] γαρ A | ο βασιλευς] + Αρταξερξης ℵc.a mg inf | επι] pr τελη ℵ A | της βασιλειας ℵ* (την βασιλειαν ℵc.a) | της γης] της τε γ. ℵ A

(L) Καὶ ἔγραψεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰ τέλη τῆς γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης

And it-scribed, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-finisheednesses of-the-one of-a-soil and of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness,

(462 B.C.)

Est 10:2 καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνδραγαθίαν, πλοῦτόν τε καὶ δόξαν τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ γέγραπται ἐν βιβλίῳ βασιλέων Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων εἰς μνημόσυνον.

And to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-it and to-an-excess-placed-manning-unto, to-a-wealth also and to-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it, thou-should-have-had-seen, it-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-a-paper of-rulers-of of-Persians and of-Mêdians into to-a-remembrance.

(L) καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτοῦ, πλοῦτόν τε καὶ δόξαν τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐδόξασε Μαρδοχαῖος καὶ ἔγραψεν ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων εἰς μνημόσυνον.

and to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-it, to-a-wealth also and to-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it. And it-reckoned-to, a-Mardochoais, and it-scribed in unto-the-ones unto-paperlets of-Persians and of-Mêdians into to-a-remembrance.

(L) εδοξασθη 319 : cf ο´ (103) | εγραφη 319 : cf ο´ | τοῖς βιβλίοις] ταις (τοις 319) βιβλιος 93´ : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est 10:3 ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος διεδέχετο τὸν βασιλέα Ἀρταξέρξην, καὶ μέγας ἦν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ δεδοξασμένος ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων· καὶ φιλούμενος διηγεῖτο τὴν ἀγωγὴν παντὶ τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios it-was-being-received-through to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-an-Artaxerxês, and great it-was unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of and having-had-come-to-be-reckoned-to under of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged; and being-cared-unto it-was-leading-through-unto to-the-one to-a-leading unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it.

Note: to-an-Artaxerxês : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

10:3 ο δε Μαρδοχαιος] οτε ο Μ. ℵ* + ο Ιουδαιος ℵc.a mg ο γαρ Μ. A | βασιλεια] βασιλια ℵ | διηγειτο] ηγειτο ℵ (ηγιτ.) A

(L) ὁ δὲ Μαρδοχαῖος διεδέχετο τὸν βασιλέα Ἀσσυῆρον καὶ μέγας ἦν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ φιλούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ ἡγεῖτο αὐτῶν καὶ δόξαν παντὶ τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ περιετίθει.

The-one then-also a-Mardochaios it-was-being-received-through to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-an-Assuêros and great it-was in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of and being-cared-unto under of-all of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged, and it-was-leading of-them, and to-a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it it-was-placing-about.

Note: to-an-Assuêros : Darius the Mede : see table Dan_1:1.

(L) διεχετο 93 : cf ο´ (app) | Ασσυῆρον 319] ξερξην 19´ 93 : cf 47 | om τῶν 19´

(462 B.C.)

Est F:1 (Est 10:4) Καὶ εἶπεν Μαρδοχαῖος Παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο ταῦτα.

(Est 10:4) And it-had-said, a-Mardochaios, Beside of-the-one of-a-Deity it-had-became the-ones-these.

F:1 Μαρδοχαιος] pr ο ℵ

(L) Καὶ εἶπε Μαρδοχαῖος Παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο ταῦτα·

And it-had-said, a-Mardochaios, Beside of-the-one of-a-Deity it-had-became the-ones-these;

(L) Μαρδοχαῖος] pr ο 319 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est F:2 (Est 10:5) ἐμνήσθην γὰρ περὶ τοῦ ἐνυπνίου οὗ εἶδον περὶ τῶν λόγων τούτων, οὐδὲ γὰρ παρῆλθεν ἀπ' αὐτῶν λόγος·

(Est 10:5) I-was-memoried-unto too-thus about of-the-one of-an-in-sleeplet of-which I-had-seen about of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-ones-these, not-then-also too-thus it-had-came-beside off of-them, a-forthee;

F:2 om γαρ 1° ℵ?A | ουδε γαρ] ου γαρ ℵ ουδεν A | om απ A

(L) ἐμνήσθη γὰρ τοῦ ἐνυπνίου, οὗ εἶδεν. καὶ ἀπετελέσθη καὶ εἶπεν

It-was-memoried-unto too-thus of-the-one of-an-in-sleeplet of-which it-had-seen. And it-was-finished-off-unto and it-had-said,

(462 B.C.)

Est F:3 (Est 10:6) ἡ μικρὰ πηγὴ ἣ ἐγένετο ποταμός, καὶ ἦν φῶς καὶ ἥλιος καὶ ὕδωρ πολύ. Ἐσθήρ ἐστιν ὁ ποταμός, ἣν ἐγάμησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ἐποίησεν βασίλισσαν·

(Est 10:6) the-one small a-pitching which it-had-became a-drinkationing-of, and it-was a-light and a-sun and a-water much. An-Esthêr it-be the-one a-drinkationing-of, to-which it-married-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, and it-did-unto to-a-ruleress;

F:3 om η 2° ℵ* (superscr η τις ℵc.a) A

(L) Ἡ μικρὰ πηγὴ Ἐσθήρ ἐστίν,

The-one small a-pitching an-Esthêr it-be,

(462 B.C.)

Est F:4 (Est 10:7) οἱ δὲ δύο δράκοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ Ἁμάν·

(Est 10:7) the-ones then-also two serpents, I I-be and a-Haman;

F:4 om δυο A | ειμι] ημην ℵ* (ειμι ℵc.a)

(L) καὶ οἱ δύο δράκοντες ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ Ἁμάν·

and the-ones two serpents, I I-be and a-Haman;

(L) εἰμι] ειμην 93 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est F:5 (Est 10:8) τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, τὰ ἐπισυναχθέντα ἀπολέσαι τὸ ὄνομα τῶν Ἰουδαίων·

(Est 10:8) the-ones then-also placeedness-belongings-to, the-ones having-been-led-together-upon to-have-destructed-off to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged;

F:5 eπισυναχθεντα] συναχθ. A

(L) ποταμὸς τὰ ἔθνη τὰ συναχθέντα ἀπολέσαι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους· ἥλιος καὶ φῶς ἣ ἐγένετο τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐπιφανεία τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα.

a-drinkationing-of the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones having-been-led-together to-have-destructed-off to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged; a-sun and a-light which it-had-became unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged a-manifesting-upon-of of-the-one of-a-Deity, the-one-this the-one a-separating-to.

(L) ἣ ἐγένετο] οι εγενετο 93; οι εγενοντο coni Lagarde

(462 B.C.)

Est F:6 (Est 10:9) τὸ δὲ ἔθνος τὸ ἐμόν, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰσραὴλ οἱ βοήσαντες πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ σωθέντες. καὶ ἔσωσεν Κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐρρύσατο Κύριος ἡμᾶς ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν τούτων· καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ τέρατα τὰ μεγάλα ἃ οὐ γέγονεν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.

(Est 10:9) the-one then-also a-nation the-one-mine, the-one-this it-be an-Israêl the-ones having-hollered-unto toward to-the-one to-a-Deity and having-been-saved-to. And it-saved-to, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-people of-it, and it-tracted, Authority-belonged, to-us out of-all of-the-ones of-disrupted of-the-ones-these; and it-did-unto, the-one a-Deity, to-the-ones to-signlets-of and to-the-ones to-anomalies to-the-ones to-great to-which not it-hath-had-come-to-become in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to.

F:6 Ισραηλ] pr ο A | om Κυριος 1° A | ερυσατο ℵ A | om Κυριος 2° ℵc.aA

(L) καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ τέρατα ταῦτα, ἃ οὐ γέγονεν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν·

And it-did-unto, the-one a-Deity, to-the-ones to-signlets-of and the-ones to-anomalies to-the-ones-these, to-which not it-hath-had-come-to-become in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to.

(L) ἔθνεσιν (F:6) ◠ ἔθνεσιν (F:7) 19 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est F:7 (Est 10:10) διὰ τοῦτο ἐποίησεν κλήρους δύο, ἕνα τῷ λαῷ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἕνα πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν·

(Est 10:10) Through to-the-one-this it-did-unto to-lots to-two, one unto-the-one unto-a-people of-the-one of-a-Deity and one unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to;

F:7 om δια τουτο . . . τοις εθνεσιν A | τω λαω του θεου] τω θω̅ του λαου ℵ

(L) καὶ ἐποίησε κλήρους δύο, ἕνα τῷ λαῷ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἕνα τοῖς ἔθνεσιν·

And it-did-unto to-lots to-two, one unto-the-one unto-a-people of-the-one of-a-Deity and one unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to;

(L) ἔθνεσιν (F:6) ◠ ἔθνεσιν (F:7) 19 : cf ο´ (app)

(462 B.C.)

Est F:8 (Est 10:11) καὶ ἦλθον οἱ δύο κλῆροι οὗτοι εἰς ὥραν καὶ καιρὸν καὶ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν,

(Est 10:11) and they-had-came, the-ones two lots the-ones-these, into to-an-houredness and to-a-time and into to-a-dayedness of-a-separating to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to,

F:8 om και ηλθον . . . τοις εθνεσιν B* (hab Bab mg inf) | ουτοι] αυτοι ℵ* (ουτ. ℵc.a) om A | καιρον] κληρον Babℵ A | πασι τοις εθν.] pr εν ℵc.a (improb εν ℵc.b) πασῑ| εθνεσιν A

(L) καὶ προσῆλθον οἱ δύο κλῆροι οὗτοι εἰς ὥρας κατὰ καιρὸν καὶ ἡμέρας κυριεύσεως τοῦ αἰωνίου ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.

and they-had-came-toward, the-ones two lots the-ones-these, into to-hourednesses down to-a-time and to-dayednesses of-an-authority-belonging-of of-the-one of-aged-belonged in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to.

(462 B.C.)

Est F:9 (Est 10:12) καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν τὴν κληρονομίαν ἑαυτοῦ.

(Est 10:12) and it-was-memoried-unto the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-a-people of-it, and it-en-course-belonged to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-self.

F:9 θεος] κς̅ A | εαυτου] αυτου ℵ A

(L) καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐδικαίωσε τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ. καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἀνεβόησε φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν Εὐλογητὸς εἶ, κύριε, ὁ μνησθεὶς τῶν διαθηκῶν τῶν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν· ἀμήν.

And it-was-memoried-unto the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-a-people of-it, and it-en-course-belonged to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it. And all the-one a-people it-up-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great and it-had-said, Goodly-fortheeable thou-be, Authority-belonged, the-one having-been-memoried-unto of-the-ones of-placements-through of-the-ones toward to-the-ones to-fathers of-us. Amên.

(462 B.C.)

Est F:10 (Est 10:13) καὶ ἔσονται αὐτοῖς αἱ ἡμέραι αὗται ἐν μηνὶ Ἀδάρ, τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ καὶ τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μηνός, μετὰ συναγωγῆς καὶ χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ γενεὰς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

(Est 10:13) And they-shall-be unto-them the-ones dayednesses the-ones-these in unto-a-month of-an-Adar, unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth and unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth of-the-one of-it of-a-month, with of-a-leading-together and of-a-joyedness and of-a-goodly-centeringedness to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity down to-becomednesses into to-the-one to-an-age in unto-the-one unto-a-people of-it unto-an-Israêl.

Note: unto-a-month of-an-Adar, unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth and unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth of-the-one of-it of-a-month : Nisan moon calendar; in ___ B.C. __ days difference from Abib sun calendar.

F:10 om και τη πεντεκαιδεκατη ℵ* (hab κ τη εÆ κ ιÆ ℵc.a mg) A* (hab κ τη π. Aa? mg) | γενεαν A

(L) καὶ ἔσονται αὐτοῖς αἱ ἡμέραι αὗται ἐν μηνὶ Ἀδὰρ ἐν τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ καὶ τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μηνὸς μετὰ συναγωγῆς καὶ χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ γενεὰς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

And they-shall-be unto-them the-ones dayednesses the-ones-these in unto-a-month of-an-Adar, in unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth and unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth of-the-one of-it of-a-month, with of-a-leading-together and of-a-joyedness and of-a-goodly-centeringedness to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity down to-becomednesses into to-the-one to-an-age in unto-the-one unto-a-people of-it unto-an-Israêl.

(L) τῇ 2°] pr εν 319 | om αὐτοῦ 1° 93 | συναγωγῆς] pr της 93 | γενεάς] γενεσεις 19 | om τόν 93 | Ισραηλ] + αμην 93´; + ετους τεταρτου βασιλευοντος πτολεμαιου και κλεοπατρας εισηνεγκε δοσιθεος <ος> εφη ειναι ιερευς και λευιτης και πτολεμαιος ο υιος αυτου την προκειμενην επιστολην τω φρουραι ην (a 19^c vid) εφθασαν (cf ο´ app) ειναι και ερμηνευκεναι λυσιμαχον πτολεμαιου τον εν ιερουσαλημ 19 = ο´ (F 11)

(L) Subscriptio τελος του βιβλιου της εσθηρ 319

(462 B.C.)

Est F:11 (Est 11:1) Ἔτους τετάρτου βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου καὶ Κλεοπάτρας εἰσήνεγκεν Δωσίθεος, ὃς ἔφη εἶναι ἱερεὺς καὶ Λευείτης, καὶ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν προκειμένην ἐπιστολὴν τῶν Φρουραί, ἣν ἔφασαν εἶναι καὶ ἑρμηνευκέναι Λυσίμαχον Πτολεμαίου τῶν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(Est 11:1) Of-a-yeareedness of-fourth of-rulering-of of-a-Ptolemaios and of-a-Kleopatra it-beared-into, a-Dôsitheos which it-was-declaring to-be a-sacreder-of and a-Leuei-belonger, and a-Ptolemaios the-one a-son of-it, to-the-one to-situating-before to-a-seteeing-upon of-the-ones of-Frourai', to-which they-had-declared to-be, and to-have-had-come-to-clearify-of, to-a-Lusimachos of-a-Ptolemaios of-the-ones in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

Note: of-Frourai' : probably transliterated from Hebrew, meaning lots; but the word also has a meaning in Greek, wardednesses-before.

Subscr Εσθηρ Bℵ A

01C1 Finish.

αντεβληθη προς παλαιωτατον λιαν αντιγραφον δεδιορθωμενον χειρι του αγιου μαρτυρος Παμφιλου· προς δε τω τελει του αυτου παλαιωτατου βιβλιου οπερ αρχην μεν ειχεν απο της πρωτης των βασιλειων· εις δε την Εσθηρ εληγεν· τοιαυτη τις εν πλατει ιδιοχειρος υποσημιωσις [corr. υποσημειωσις] του αυτου μαρτυρος υπεκειτο εχουσα ουτως μετελημφθη και διορθωθη προς τα εξαπλα Ωριγενους υπ αυτου διορθωμενα· Αντωνινος ομολογητης αντεβαλε· Παμφιλος διορθωσατο τευχος εν τη φυλακη δια την του θυ̅ πολλην και χαριν και πλατυσμον και ει γε μη βαρυ ειπειν τουτω τω αντιγραφω παραπλησιων [corr. παραπλησιον] ευρειν αντιγραφον ου ραδιον. διεφωνη δε το αυτο παλαιωτατον βιβλιο προς τοδε το τευχος εις τα [corr. τινα] κυρια οναματα ℵc.a, c.b mg inf

It-was-ever-a-one-casted toward to-most-en-past-belonged to-exceedingly to-ever-a-one-scribed to-having-had-come-to-be-en-straightly-jutted-through unto-a-hand of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-witness of-a-Pamfilos; toward then-also unto-the-one unto-a-finisheedness of-the-one of-it of-most-en-past-belonged of-a-paperlet to-which-very to-a-firsting indeed it-was-holding off of-the-one of-most-before of-the-ones of-rulings-of; into then-also to-the-one to-an-Esthêr it-was-abating; the-one-which-the-one-this a-one in unto-a-breadth private-belong-handed an-en-sign-belonging-of of-the-one of-it of-a-witness it-was-being-situated-under holding unto-the-one-this; it-was-taken-with and it-was-en-straighly-jutted-through toward to-the-ones to-folded-along-out of-a-Ôrigenês under of-it to-being-en-straighty-jutted-through; an-Antôninos an-along-fortheer it-had-ever-a-one-casted; a-Pamfilos it-en-straighty-jutted-through to-an-actuant in unto-the-one unto-a-guardering through to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-much and to-a-granting and to-a-broadening-to-of and if too lest to-weighted to-have-had-said, unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-ever-a-one-scribed of-nigh-belonged-beside [corr. to-nigh-belonged-beside] to-have-had-found to-ever-a-one-scribed not to-facile-belonged. It-was-through-sounding-unto then-also to-the-one to-it to-most-en-past-belonged to-a-paperlet toward to-the-one-then-also to-the-one to-an-actuant into to-the-ones [corr. to-ones] to-authority-belonged to-namings-to.

Note: It-was-through-sounding-unto (DIEFWNH) : from an apparent -AW contracted form of FWN-EW; possibly a phonetic error for DIEFWNEI.